{"title":"building materials","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"vip-metal-fan-box-powder-coated-20mm-1","title":"VIP Metal Spot Light Box, 19mm, Powder Coated, Red","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is VIP Metal Spot Light Box used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVIP Metal Spot Light Box, 19mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-gauge steel ceiling mounting box\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003einstalling recessed spotlights, downlights, and ceiling light fixtures\u003c\/strong\u003e with powder-coated rust protection and 19mm conduit compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gauge mild steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder coated\/plated for rust prevention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConduit Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19mm compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spotlight, downlight, and ceiling light fixture mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty construction for long-term reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVIP Metal Spot Light Box\u003c\/strong\u003e is a specialized ceiling mounting solution manufactured by VIP Extrusions, engineered for installing recessed spotlights, downlights, and various ceiling light fixtures. Constructed from heavy-gauge mild steel, this electrical box provides secure housing for wiring connections while integrating seamlessly with 19mm electrical conduit systems for concealed installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder-coated red finish delivers dual benefits: superior rust and corrosion protection for long-term durability, plus easy identification during installation and future maintenance work. Designed for flush ceiling mounting, this spotlight box ensures your electrical connections are safely enclosed while providing a stable mounting platform for modern lighting fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHeavy gauge mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePowder coated\/plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConduit Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e19mm electrical conduit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSpotlight, downlight, and ceiling light fixture mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eConcealed ceiling mounting (flush or recessed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePowder-coated rust prevention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecessed Spotlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e Primary mounting box for LED spotlights and halogen downlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling Light Fixtures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure housing for pendant lights, flush-mount fixtures, and decorative ceiling lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e New home construction and renovation projects requiring modern lighting solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Office buildings, retail stores, showrooms, and hospitality venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccent Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track lighting systems, display lighting, and architectural accent installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFalse Ceiling Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suspended ceiling systems requiring concealed electrical boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan Box Location:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mark spotlight positions ensuring proper spacing and alignment; verify clearance above ceiling for box depth and fixture housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the box to ceiling joists or structural supports using appropriate fasteners; ensure box is flush with ceiling surface or recessed as required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect Conduit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run 19mm electrical conduit to the box entry point; secure conduit connections with appropriate fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull Wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Feed electrical cables through conduit into the box; leave 6-8 inches of wire for connections and future maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Fixture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect spotlight or fixture wiring according to manufacturer instructions; secure fixture to box using provided mounting hardware and test operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the difference between a spotlight box and a fan box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpotlight boxes are designed for light fixtures\u003c\/strong\u003e with lower weight and no vibration loads, while \u003cstrong\u003efan boxes are reinforced for ceiling fans\u003c\/strong\u003e with heavier weight capacity and vibration resistance. Spotlight boxes are typically shallower and optimized for flush or recessed mounting, whereas fan boxes require deeper structural support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Can I install LED downlights directly into this box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this box provides \u003cstrong\u003esecure housing for LED downlight wiring connections\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, verify your specific LED downlight's installation requirements—some integrated LED fixtures have their own junction boxes, while others require a separate electrical box like this one. Always follow the \u003cstrong\u003efixture manufacturer's installation guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What depth clearance do I need above the ceiling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClearance requirements vary by box model, but typically you need \u003cstrong\u003e3-4 inches (75-100mm) above the ceiling\u003c\/strong\u003e for the box itself, plus additional space for the light fixture housing if installing recessed lights. Measure your specific fixture requirements and verify adequate clearance before cutting ceiling openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Is this box suitable for damp or outdoor locations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the powder-coated finish provides rust protection, this box is \u003cstrong\u003eprimarily designed for dry indoor locations\u003c\/strong\u003e. For damp locations (covered patios, bathrooms) or wet locations (outdoor exposed areas), verify the box has appropriate \u003cstrong\u003eweatherproof rating\u003c\/strong\u003e and use weatherproof conduit fittings and gaskets for moisture protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use this box for multiple spotlights on the same circuit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach spotlight typically requires \u003cstrong\u003eits own individual electrical box\u003c\/strong\u003e for wiring connections. However, you can run conduit between multiple spotlight boxes on the same circuit, daisy-chaining the wiring from box to box. Ensure your \u003cstrong\u003ecircuit capacity matches the total wattage\u003c\/strong\u003e of all connected fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) How do I cut the ceiling opening for a flush-mounted box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the box outline on the ceiling, then use a \u003cstrong\u003edrywall saw or oscillating multi-tool\u003c\/strong\u003e to cut the opening. Cut slightly smaller than the box perimeter—you can enlarge if needed. For plaster ceilings, score the outline first to prevent cracking. Always \u003cstrong\u003echeck for existing wiring or pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e before cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Why is the box colored red instead of standard gray?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ered powder-coated finish serves multiple purposes\u003c\/strong\u003e: (1) Superior rust and corrosion protection, (2) Easy identification during installation and future maintenance, and (3) Distinguishes it from standard junction boxes. The red color helps electricians quickly \u003cstrong\u003elocate electrical boxes in ceiling cavities\u003c\/strong\u003e during renovations or repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic VIP Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine heavy-gauge steel products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Electrical System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with VIP 19mm conduit systems and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48853206597947,"sku":"PIP-VIP-190-LIG","price":85.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/vip-metal-fan-box-powder-coated-20mm-1.webp?v=1770109839"},{"product_id":"hacksaw_blade_trimcut","title":"Trim Cut Hacksaw Blade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Trim Cut Hacksaw Blade used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrim Cut Hacksaw Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional-grade cutting tool for metal, plastic, and CPVC pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eprecise, clean cuts in plumbing installations and general metalworking\u003c\/strong\u003e with hardened steel construction and fine-tooth design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-carbon hardened steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal pipes, CPVC, PVC, and general cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTooth Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine teeth for smooth, burr-free cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-treated for extended blade life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard hacksaw frame (12-inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrim Cut Hacksaw Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered for professional plumbing and metalworking applications requiring precision cuts. Manufactured from high-carbon steel with heat treatment for superior hardness, this blade delivers clean, square cuts in CPVC pipes, metal conduits, and various materials without excessive burring or deformation. The fine-tooth configuration ensures smooth cutting action and extended blade life, making it ideal for CPVC plumbing installations where clean pipe ends are essential for proper solvent cement bonding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade's optimized tooth geometry reduces cutting effort while maintaining straight, accurate cuts critical for professional plumbing work. Compatible with standard 12-inch hacksaw frames, this blade is an essential tool for installing Ashirvad Flowguard Plus CPVC systems and general construction applications. The durable construction withstands repeated use in demanding job site conditions, providing reliable performance for both professional plumbers and DIY enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlade Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHacksaw Blade for Metal \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-carbon hardened steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e12 inches (300mm) - Standard size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTooth Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFine teeth for smooth cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHeat-treated for durability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eStandard 12-inch hacksaw frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPVC Pipe Cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean, square cuts for Ashirvad Flowguard Plus CPVC plumbing installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Pipe Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting steel, copper, aluminum, and brass pipes and conduits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC \u0026amp; Plastic:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting PVC drainage pipes, plastic conduits, and synthetic materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlumbing Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removing damaged pipe sections and preparing replacement pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Metalworking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting metal rods, bars, and profiles for construction and fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting metal and PVC electrical conduits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlade Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install blade in hacksaw frame with teeth pointing forward (away from handle); ensure proper tension for straight cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Securing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clamp or secure pipe\/material firmly to prevent movement during cutting; mark cut line clearly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting Technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use long, steady strokes with moderate pressure; let the blade do the work without forcing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishing:\u003c\/strong\u003e After cutting, deburr pipe ends with deburring tool or sandpaper; chamfer CPVC pipe ends at 10-15° for proper fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlade Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replace blade when cutting becomes difficult or cuts are no longer square; store blades in dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) Can I use a hacksaw blade to cut CPVC pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a \u003cstrong\u003efine-tooth hacksaw blade is ideal for cutting CPVC pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides \u003cstrong\u003eclean, square cuts without cracking or deforming the pipe\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is essential for proper solvent cement bonding. After cutting, always \u003cstrong\u003edeburr the inside and outside edges and chamfer the pipe end at 10-15°\u003c\/strong\u003e for optimal fitting insertion and joint strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What is the difference between fine-tooth and coarse-tooth hacksaw blades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine-tooth blades (24-32 TPI)\u003c\/strong\u003e are ideal for \u003cstrong\u003ethin-wall materials like CPVC, PVC, and thin metal pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing smooth cuts with minimal burring. \u003cstrong\u003eCoarse-tooth blades (14-18 TPI)\u003c\/strong\u003e are better for \u003cstrong\u003ethick, soft materials like aluminum and wood\u003c\/strong\u003e. For CPVC plumbing work, always use \u003cstrong\u003efine-tooth blades\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure clean cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) How do I install a hacksaw blade correctly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstall the blade with \u003cstrong\u003eteeth pointing forward (away from the handle)\u003c\/strong\u003e so cutting occurs on the push stroke. Secure both blade pins in the frame slots and \u003cstrong\u003etension the blade properly\u003c\/strong\u003e using the wing nut or tensioning mechanism. A properly tensioned blade should produce a \u003cstrong\u003eslight \"ping\" sound when plucked\u003c\/strong\u003e and cut straight without bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) How long does a hacksaw blade typically last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade life depends on \u003cstrong\u003ematerial being cut and cutting technique\u003c\/strong\u003e. For CPVC plumbing, a quality blade can cut \u003cstrong\u003e50-100 pipes\u003c\/strong\u003e before dulling. Signs of a worn blade include \u003cstrong\u003edifficulty cutting, wandering cuts, and excessive heat generation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Replace blades when cutting becomes laborious or cuts are no longer square and clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use a hacksaw blade for cutting other materials besides pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, hacksaw blades are \u003cstrong\u003eversatile cutting tools\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for \u003cstrong\u003emetal rods, bars, bolts, threaded rods, plastic sheets, and various construction materials\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, select the appropriate \u003cstrong\u003etooth count (TPI) for the material thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e—fine teeth for thin materials and coarse teeth for thick, soft materials. Avoid cutting wood or masonry, which require specialized saw blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Trim Cut Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardened steel blades for clean CPVC cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Single Side","offer_id":49355461656891,"sku":"HAX-BLA-1M-SIN-SID","price":15.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double Side","offer_id":49355461689659,"sku":"HAX-BLA-1M-DOU-SID","price":25.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Trim_Cut_Hacksaw_Blade_633fcd91-e60a-4d25-90f8-1e644e361a98.webp?v=1740999186"},{"product_id":"hettich-leather-classification-box-wardrobe-accessory","title":"Hettich Leather Classification Box Wardrobe Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Hettich Leather Classification Box Wardrobe Accessory used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Leather Classification Box Wardrobe Accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003epremium leather-lined drawer organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003ewardrobe drawer organization\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing elegant compartmentalized storage for accessories, jewelry, watches, and small items in Grey and Mocha colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hettich\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600mm and 900mm widths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey (9339711, 9339712) and Mocha (9339732, 9339733)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 564\/864(W) x 465(D) x 76(H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Leather Classification Box Wardrobe Accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e is a luxurious drawer organization system that brings boutique-style elegance to your wardrobe. Crafted with premium leather lining, these classification boxes transform ordinary drawers into sophisticated storage compartments for your valuable accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two sizes (600mm and 900mm) and two refined colors (Grey and Mocha), these organizers feature multiple compartments to keep jewelry, watches, cufflinks, ties, and other accessories neatly separated and protected. The soft leather lining prevents scratches and adds a touch of luxury to your daily dressing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArticle Codes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e9339711 (600mm Grey), 9339712 (900mm Grey)\u003cbr\u003e9339732 (600mm Mocha), 9339733 (900mm Mocha)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLeather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (600mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e564(W) x 465(D) x 76(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (900mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e864(W) x 465(D) x 76(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eGrey, Mocha\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 Nos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Wardrobe Drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for organizing jewelry, watches, and accessories in premium bedroom wardrobes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-In Closet Islands:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create boutique-style organization in dresser drawers and closet islands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGentleman's Dressing Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep cufflinks, tie clips, watches, and accessories elegantly organized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHotel Suite Wardrobes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide guests with sophisticated drawer organization in luxury accommodations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Wardrobe Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add premium finishing touches to bespoke wardrobe installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure Drawer Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure your drawer can accommodate the classification box (600mm or 900mm width, 465mm depth, 76mm height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Appropriate Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose 600mm for standard drawers or 900mm for larger wardrobe drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select Grey for modern\/contemporary wardrobes or Mocha for warm\/traditional interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlace in Drawer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply position the leather classification box inside the drawer - no mounting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganize Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Arrange your jewelry, watches, and accessories in the compartments for elegant storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the difference between the 600mm and 900mm sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e600mm version (564mm actual width) is ideal for standard wardrobe drawers\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003e900mm version (864mm actual width) suits larger drawers in walk-in closets or dresser units\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both have the same depth (465mm) and height (76mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How do I choose between Grey and Mocha colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrey offers a modern, neutral aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e that complements contemporary wardrobe interiors, while \u003cstrong\u003eMocha provides a warm, rich tone\u003c\/strong\u003e perfect for traditional or classic wardrobe designs. Choose based on your wardrobe's interior finish and personal preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Does this require installation or mounting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the classification box is a \u003cstrong\u003efreestanding drawer insert\u003c\/strong\u003e that simply \u003cstrong\u003esits inside your wardrobe drawer\u003c\/strong\u003e. No mounting, screws, or adhesives are required - just place it in the drawer and start organizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What items can I store in this classification box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compartmentalized design is perfect for \u003cstrong\u003ejewelry, watches, cufflinks, tie clips, rings, earrings, bracelets, sunglasses, and other small accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003esoft leather lining protects delicate items\u003c\/strong\u003e from scratches and damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is the leather lining durable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eHettich uses premium-quality leather\u003c\/strong\u003e that is both \u003cstrong\u003edurable and elegant\u003c\/strong\u003e. The leather lining is designed to \u003cstrong\u003ewithstand daily use while maintaining its luxurious appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e and protective qualities over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can I use multiple classification boxes in one drawer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your drawer size, you may be able to use \u003cstrong\u003emultiple 600mm boxes side by side\u003c\/strong\u003e or combine different sizes for customized organization. Measure your drawer dimensions carefully to determine the best configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hettich Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Wardrobe Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Luxury organization solutions for discerning customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Grey \/ 600mm","offer_id":49432083792187,"sku":"HAR-HET-ACC-LCB-600-GR","price":11001.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ 900mm","offer_id":49432083824955,"sku":"HAR-HET-ACC-LCB-900-GR","price":12623.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mocha \/ 600mm","offer_id":49432083857723,"sku":"HAR-HET-ACC-LCB-600-MC","price":9566.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mocha \/ 900mm","offer_id":49432083890491,"sku":"HAR-HET-ACC-LCB-900-MC","price":11319.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Hettich_Leather_Classification_Box_Wardrobe_Accessory_grey.webp?v=1741002928"},{"product_id":"hettich-wardrobe-cabinet-rail-support-sl-322","title":"Hettich Wardrobe Cabinet Rail Support SL 322","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Hettich Wardrobe Cabinet Rail Support SL 322 used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Wardrobe Cabinet Rail Support SL 322\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003epremium mounting bracket for wardrobe hanging rails\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003esecure installation of Hettich oval cabinet rails\u003c\/strong\u003e, featuring chrome gloss finish and 3 screw holes for reliable support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hettich\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wardrobe Hanging Tube Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome Gloss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Screw Holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArticle Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9343727\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Wardrobe Cabinet Rail Support SL 322\u003c\/strong\u003e is a precision-engineered mounting bracket designed specifically for Hettich oval wardrobe rails. This premium support bracket ensures secure, stable mounting of hanging rails in wardrobes, closets, and storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a chrome gloss finish that matches Hettich's oval cabinet rails, this support bracket provides both functional reliability and aesthetic appeal. The 3-screw hole design ensures robust mounting to wardrobe sides, distributing load evenly and preventing rail sagging even under heavy clothing loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArticle Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e9343727\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWardrobe Hanging Tube Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eChrome Gloss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Holes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 Screw Holes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHettich Oval Cabinet Rails (e.g., Article 9341248)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 Nos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Wardrobe Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential support for Hettich oval rail systems in high-end bedroom wardrobes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-In Closets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provide secure mounting for multiple hanging rails in luxury closet designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Furniture Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional-grade brackets for bespoke wardrobe builds by furniture makers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHospitality Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reliable support for hotel wardrobe rails requiring durability and aesthetic appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetail Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount display rails in boutique fitting rooms and showrooms with confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMark Mounting Position:\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine the desired rail height and mark the bracket position on the wardrobe side panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Level Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a spirit level to ensure both brackets (left and right) are at the same height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrill Pilot Holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drill 3 pilot holes for each bracket according to the screw hole pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the chrome gloss support bracket using all 3 screws for maximum stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert the Hettich oval cabinet rail into the mounted supports and verify secure positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How many support brackets do I need for one wardrobe rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need \u003cstrong\u003etwo support brackets per rail\u003c\/strong\u003e - one for each end. For \u003cstrong\u003erails longer than 1.5 meters or heavy clothing loads\u003c\/strong\u003e, consider adding a \u003cstrong\u003ecenter support bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent sagging and ensure long-term stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Why does this bracket have 3 screw holes instead of 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3-screw hole design provides superior load distribution and stability\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to 2-hole brackets. This ensures the bracket remains \u003cstrong\u003efirmly attached to the wardrobe side\u003c\/strong\u003e even under heavy loads, preventing twisting or loosening over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Is this bracket compatible with round wardrobe rails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket is \u003cstrong\u003especifically designed for Hettich oval cabinet rails\u003c\/strong\u003e. While it may physically accommodate some round rails, we recommend using it with \u003cstrong\u003egenuine Hettich oval rails\u003c\/strong\u003e for optimal fit, performance, and warranty coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What is the advantage of the chrome gloss finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003echrome gloss finish matches Hettich's oval cabinet rails\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a cohesive, premium appearance in your wardrobe. It also provides \u003cstrong\u003eexcellent corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/strong\u003e, maintaining its mirror-like shine over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use these brackets with other brands' wardrobe rails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the brackets may physically fit some other rails, we strongly recommend using them with \u003cstrong\u003egenuine Hettich oval cabinet rails\u003c\/strong\u003e for \u003cstrong\u003eguaranteed compatibility, optimal performance, and warranty protection\u003c\/strong\u003e. Hettich components are engineered to work together seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) What type of screws should I use for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003eappropriate screws based on your wardrobe material\u003c\/strong\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003ewooden wardrobe sides, use wood screws\u003c\/strong\u003e; for \u003cstrong\u003ecomposite materials, use self-tapping screws\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ensure screws are long enough to penetrate securely but not protrude through the exterior panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hettich Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Wardrobe Systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Matching rails and supports for seamless installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49432341610811,"sku":"HAR-HET-ACC-TUBE-SUP-CR","price":30.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Hettich_Wardrobe_Cabinet_Rail_Support_SL_322.jpg?v=1777190690"},{"product_id":"chakka-pvc-white","title":"Chakka","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product requires additional details for a complete description. Please update the product title and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePVC electrical accessory component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable PVC construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49453578060091,"sku":"PVC-CHA-WHI","price":8.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Group48096285.png?v=1725856808"},{"product_id":"pvc-fan-sheet-cover","title":"Fan Cover","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is PVC Fan Cover used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePVC Fan Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003edurable PVC electrical cover plate\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecovering and finishing fan regulator or switch boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e with clean, professional appearance and electrical safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fan Regulator\/Switch Cover Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrical switch boxes and fan regulators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e PVC-FAN-WHI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePVC Fan Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-quality electrical cover plate designed to provide a clean, finished look to fan regulator installations and electrical switch boxes. Made from durable PVC material, this cover ensures electrical safety while maintaining aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white finish blends seamlessly with standard wall colours and electrical fittings, making it ideal for residential and commercial applications. This cover plate protects internal wiring and components while providing easy access for maintenance when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePVC (Polyvinyl Chloride)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFan Regulator\/Switch Cover Plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eIndia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan Regulator Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for covering fan speed regulator switch boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical Switch Boxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for finishing electrical installations and junction boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for homes, apartments, and residential electrical work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for offices, shops, and commercial electrical installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenovation Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for upgrading or replacing old, damaged cover plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurn Off Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Switch off the main power supply before installation for safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition Cover Plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Align the PVC cover with the switch box or fan regulator opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure in Place:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the cover using appropriate screws or mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest and Verify:\u003c\/strong\u003e Restore power and verify proper fit and functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is this cover used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis PVC cover is used for \u003cstrong\u003efinishing fan regulator installations and electrical switch boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a clean appearance and electrical safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Is this suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cover is primarily designed for \u003cstrong\u003eindoor electrical installations\u003c\/strong\u003e. For outdoor use, verify that it's protected from direct weather exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What colour is available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fan cover is available in \u003cstrong\u003ewhite colour\u003c\/strong\u003e, which matches standard electrical fittings and wall colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Is PVC material safe for electrical applications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003ePVC is an excellent electrical insulator\u003c\/strong\u003e and is widely used for electrical components due to its non-conductive properties and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can this be painted to match my wall colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile PVC can be painted, it's recommended to use \u003cstrong\u003eprimer designed for plastic surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e before applying paint for best adhesion and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality PVC Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable and electrically safe construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49453582418235,"sku":"PVC-FAN-WHI","price":8.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Fan_Cover.webp?v=1739521472"},{"product_id":"hettich-detergent-holder-cargo-series-kitchen-accessory","title":"Hettich Detergent Holder Cargo Series Kitchen Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Hettich Detergent Holder Cargo Series used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Detergent Holder Cargo Series\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003epull-out kitchen organizer with protective plastic bottom\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eunder-sink storage of cleaning supplies and detergents\u003c\/strong\u003e in modular kitchens, preventing spillage and chemical damage to cabinet interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hettich\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome-plated thick wire with plastic bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Chrome plated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450mm shutter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 years rust warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26cm (W) x 36cm (D) x 20cm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Detergent Holder Cargo Series\u003c\/strong\u003e combines practical functionality with thoughtful design, featuring a unique plastic bottom that prevents spillages and protects the wire basket from chemical damage caused by cleaning products. The lightweight yet sturdy thick wire construction ensures durability while the chrome-plated finish adds a professional look to your kitchen storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith larger shelves designed to accommodate various bottle sizes and easy installation requiring only three fixing points, this pull-out organizer transforms under-sink cabinets into efficient, accessible storage spaces for all your cleaning supplies and detergents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHettich\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCargo Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eChrome-plated thick wire with plastic bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eChrome plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e26cm (W) x 36cm (D) x 20cm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e450mm shutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 fixing points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e5 years rust warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eIndia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-Sink Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize dishwashing liquids, detergents, and cleaning supplies beneath kitchen sinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning Supply Organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep all cleaning products accessible and neatly arranged in one pull-out unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximize storage efficiency in 450mm width base cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store bathroom cleaning products and toiletries with spillage protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtility Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize household cleaning supplies in laundry rooms or utility cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRental Properties:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable, easy-to-install storage solution for rental units and apartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Cabinet Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure cabinet has 450mm shutter width for optimal fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMark Fixing Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identify and mark the three fixing points inside the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Mounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure the fascia clamp and mounting brackets using provided screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach Detergent Holder:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount the wire basket unit onto the installed hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Acrylic Sheet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the protective acrylic sheet and plastic logo as per instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Pull-Out Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify smooth operation and adjust if necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What makes the plastic bottom important?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eunique plastic bottom prevents spillages from leaking into your cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e and protects the wire basket from \u003cstrong\u003echemical damage caused by cleaning products\u003c\/strong\u003e, significantly extending the product's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What cabinet width is this designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detergent holder is \u003cstrong\u003erecommended for 450mm shutter width cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for standard under-sink base cabinets in modular kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) How many bottles can it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder features \u003cstrong\u003elarger shelves designed to accommodate various bottle sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e, typically holding 4-6 standard detergent bottles, dish soaps, and cleaning spray bottles depending on their sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Is installation difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, installation is straightforward with \u003cstrong\u003eonly three fixing points required\u003c\/strong\u003e. The complete set includes fascia clamp, screws, acrylic sheet, and all necessary hardware for easy DIY installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) What is the rust warranty coverage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHettich provides a \u003cstrong\u003e5-year rust warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e on the chrome-plated finish, ensuring long-lasting protection against corrosion even in humid under-sink environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can this be used in bathroom cabinets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! The \u003cstrong\u003espillage-proof plastic bottom and chemical-resistant design\u003c\/strong\u003e make it equally suitable for bathroom cabinets to store cleaning supplies, toiletries, and personal care products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) What comes in the package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete package includes \u003cstrong\u003edetergent holder unit, acrylic sheet, fascia clamp, fascia screws, and plastic logo\u003c\/strong\u003e - everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hettich Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Year Rust Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full manufacturer warranty support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49515577540923,"sku":"HAR-HET-DHCS-DH","price":1302.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/DetergentHolder.jpg?v=1727181094"},{"product_id":"unloading-service","title":"Unloading Service","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf Selected, 01 Helper comes along with the Order to unload. Please note that this is unloading only \u0026amp; not shifting to floors\/door.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49707376804155,"sku":"UNLOADING-SERVICE","price":199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/unload_2.png?v=1732262859"},{"product_id":"hettich-magic-corner-w-x-d-x-h-608-x-455-x-584-mm","title":"Hettich Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Hettich Universal Magic Corner used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eblind corner cabinet optimization system with silent soft-close runners\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to \u003cstrong\u003emaximize hard-to-reach corner space in L-shaped kitchens\u003c\/strong\u003e with full-extension access and 20kg load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hettich (Germany)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9346281\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 608mm (W) × 455mm (D) × 584mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 years functional warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHettich Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms wasted blind corner cabinet space into highly accessible, functional storage. The innovative double pull-out mechanism brings items from the deepest corners directly to you, eliminating the need to reach into dark, awkward spaces while maximizing every inch of your kitchen storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing fully concealed silent soft-close runners for whisper-quiet operation and universal fit for both left and right installations, this premium German-engineered system handles up to 20kg of cookware, appliances, and kitchen essentials. The iron grey finish complements modern kitchen aesthetics while the 5-year functional warranty ensures long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHettich (Germany)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e9346281\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e608mm (W) × 455mm (D) × 584mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarcass Width Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e900-1000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e20kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eIron Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosing Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFully concealed silent soft-close runner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFull extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrientation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eUniversal (left and right compatible)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e5 years functional warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-Shaped Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimize blind corner cabinets where two cabinet runs meet at 90 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallel Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximize corner storage in galley-style kitchen layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlind Corner Optimization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transform hard-to-reach corner space into accessible storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional-grade corner solutions for premium kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Residential Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-end homes requiring quality German hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Renovations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upgrade existing corner cabinets with modern pull-out systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Cabinet Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure carcass width is 900-1000mm for proper fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine Orientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identify whether installation is for left or right corner configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Mounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach all provided installation hardware to cabinet interior per instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Magic Corner Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure the double pull-out system to installed mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust Soft-Close Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine-tune the silent soft-close runners for optimal operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Full Extension:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify smooth pull-out action and complete access to corner storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is a blind corner cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eblind corner cabinet is the hard-to-reach corner space\u003c\/strong\u003e where two cabinet runs meet at 90 degrees in L-shaped kitchens, typically wasting valuable storage space without specialized hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How does the Magic Corner work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003edouble pull-out mechanism brings items from deep corners directly to you\u003c\/strong\u003e with full extension, eliminating the need to reach into dark, awkward spaces for stored items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What does universal fit mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit works for both left and right corner configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing installation flexibility without needing to order specific left or right-handed units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What is the load capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Magic Corner supports \u003cstrong\u003eup to 20kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, suitable for pots, pans, small appliances, and other kitchen essentials typically stored in corner cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is the soft-close mechanism noisy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo! The \u003cstrong\u003efully concealed silent soft-close runners operate whisper-quietly\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing smooth, gentle closing action without slamming or noise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) What cabinet sizes does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is designed for \u003cstrong\u003ecarcass widths of 900-1000mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure your corner cabinet interior to ensure compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Is professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile \u003cstrong\u003eDIY installation is possible with the included hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e, professional installation is recommended to ensure proper alignment, smooth operation, and optimal use of the 5-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Hettich Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine German products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-Year Warranty Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full manufacturer warranty coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49905256628539,"sku":"HAR-HET-MC","price":18160.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/9346281.jpg?v=1737000805"},{"product_id":"crompton-brisk-air-exhaust-fan-150mm","title":"Crompton Brisk Air Exhaust Fan","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crompton\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brisk Air Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exhaust Fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm and 200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dust protection shutters, high-speed motor, silent operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-rust materials for humid environment durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall or ceiling mount; DIY-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 piece per unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crompton manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- REQUIRED: at least 2 intro paragraphs --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrompton Brisk Air Plus Exhaust Fan\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-speed, silent exhaust fan engineered for efficient ventilation in kitchens, bathrooms, toilets, and utility spaces. Available in \u003cstrong\u003e150mm and 200mm\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes, it is built to rapidly clear stale air, cooking odours, moisture, and smoke — restoring fresh, breathable air with minimal noise disruption. Its dust protection shutters keep the blades and interior clean when the fan is off, making it a low-maintenance, long-life ventilation solution for both residential and light commercial installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrompton's Brisk Air Plus is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003eanti-rust materials\u003c\/strong\u003e specifically chosen to withstand the persistent humidity of bathroom and kitchen environments — conditions that cause cheaper fans to corrode and seize within a few years. The combination of high-speed airflow delivery, quiet motor operation, and corrosion-resistant build puts it in a category above basic exhaust fans, making it the preferred choice for builders, interior contractors, and homeowners who want dependable ventilation without ongoing replacement costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Air Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-speed motor moves air efficiently, quickly clearing odours, smoke, and excess moisture from enclosed spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust Protection Shutters:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic shutters open during operation and close when the fan is off, preventing dust, insects, and debris from entering the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilent Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-noise motor design ensures the fan operates quietly — important for bathrooms and bedrooms where noise is a concern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Rust Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant materials on body and blade components ensure long service life in high-humidity environments like kitchens and bathrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Size Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm for compact spaces and 200mm for larger rooms — choose the size matched to your room's ventilation requirement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCrompton\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBrisk Air Plus\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e150mm \/ 200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-speed, silent motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShutter Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAutomatic dust protection shutters\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWall or ceiling mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnti-rust body and blade construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCrompton manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- SIZE COMPARISON --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Comparison\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 15px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eBlade Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSmall bathrooms, compact toilets, pantry rooms up to ~35 sq ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLarger bathrooms, kitchens, utility rooms, and spaces above 35 sq ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- VENTILATION PERFORMANCE --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVentilation Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #e3f2fd; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #1aa4ef; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhat the Brisk Air Plus does for your indoor air\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStale Air Removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-speed airflow rapidly exhausts stale, oxygen-depleted air from enclosed rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOdour Elimination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clears cooking fumes, bathroom odours, and chemical smells quickly and effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture \u0026amp; Humidity Control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Expels humid air after showers and cooking, reducing condensation on walls and ceilings that causes mould and paint damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDust Shutter Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e When switched off, automatic shutters close to block dust, insects, and outside air from re-entering the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere the Crompton Brisk Air Plus fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathrooms \u0026amp; Toilets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eliminates moisture and odours, reducing mould risk on walls and ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clears cooking smoke, steam, and strong food odours rapidly without requiring a full chimney system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtility \u0026amp; Laundry Rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ventilates damp spaces where washing machines and stored chemicals generate humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Bedrooms \u0026amp; Offices:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides background air circulation in rooms with limited natural ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Toilets \u0026amp; Pantries:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reliable, low-maintenance ventilation for offices, retail outlets, and hospitality spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Industrial Spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for workshops and storage areas requiring basic forced-air ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Crompton Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Brisk Air Plus with full manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Minute Bangalore Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e On-site fast — ideal when your electrician is already on the job and needs the fan today.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-Friendly Pricing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available as single units for replacements or in multiples for new construction fitouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) Which size should I choose — 150mm or 200mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general rule, the \u003cstrong\u003e150mm (6-inch)\u003c\/strong\u003e fan suits compact spaces up to approximately 35 sq ft — small bathrooms, toilets, and pantry rooms. The \u003cstrong\u003e200mm (8-inch)\u003c\/strong\u003e fan is better for larger bathrooms, kitchens, and utility rooms above 35 sq ft. If your space is borderline, go with the 200mm — adequate airflow is always preferable to undersizing, and the noise difference is minimal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Can the Brisk Air Plus be installed on the ceiling as well as the wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the Crompton Brisk Air Plus supports both \u003cstrong\u003ewall and ceiling mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e. Wall installation (near the top of the room, close to the ceiling) is the most common setup for bathrooms and kitchens. Ceiling installation requires ducting to route exhaust air outside. If you are unsure about the ducting requirement for ceiling installation, consult a licensed electrician before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) How loud is the fan during operation? Is it suitable for bedroom-adjacent bathrooms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Brisk Air Plus is designed for \u003cstrong\u003esilent performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — its motor is optimised to minimise operational noise compared to standard exhaust fans. It is suitable for bathrooms adjacent to bedrooms or quiet living spaces. Exact decibel ratings are not published by Crompton for this model, but the silent operation feature is a core design specification of the Brisk Air Plus range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What does the dust protection shutter do, and does it open automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003edust protection shutters\u003c\/strong\u003e are louvres that open automatically when the fan is switched on (pushed open by airflow) and close by gravity when the fan is off. This prevents dust, insects, and outside air from entering the room through the exhaust opening when the fan is not running — a common problem with basic exhaust fans that have no shutter mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How does Crompton Brisk Air Plus compare to a Usha or Orient exhaust fan in the same price range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrompton, Usha, and Orient all produce reliable exhaust fans in this segment. Brisk Air Plus differentiates with its \u003cstrong\u003ecombination of anti-rust construction, automatic dust shutters, and silent motor\u003c\/strong\u003e in a single product — features that competitors sometimes split across different model tiers. For humid, high-use environments like Indian kitchens and bathrooms, the anti-rust body is a meaningful long-term advantage over standard plastic-bodied alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReturn within 24 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003ecrompton brisk air plus exhaust fan 150mm 200mm silent exhaust fan bathroom kitchen ventilation anti rust dust shutter bangalore exhaust fan\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"150mm","offer_id":49981797433659,"sku":"EA-CROM-EF-150","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"200mm","offer_id":49981797466427,"sku":"EA-CROM-EF-200","price":1349.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Briskairplus200mm_White__1angle_021133ac-1830-453a-9eb3-072d122c194a.webp?v=1738238041"},{"product_id":"ebco-anti-skid-mat-5-anthracite-cross","title":"Ebco Anti Skid Mat 5, Anthracite, Cross, Size 5m X 51cm, ASM5-ATC","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e EBCO\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti Skid Mat 5 — Anthracite (Cross Pattern)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASM5-ATC\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51cm wide × 5m long per roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cross — intersecting texture for superior multi-point grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite (dark grey)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomisation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily cut to size with scissors or utility knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e No — stays in place by friction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e EBCO manufacturer quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Anti Skid Mat 5 — Anthracite (Cross)\u003c\/strong\u003e (Set Code: ASM5-ATC) is a non-slip drawer and shelf liner supplied in a generous \u003cstrong\u003e51cm × 5m roll\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to keep items securely in place inside drawers, cabinet shelves, wardrobes, bathroom vanities, and tool storage. The \u003cstrong\u003ecross-pattern texture\u003c\/strong\u003e creates multiple grip points across the surface — providing superior anti-slip performance compared to smooth liners — preventing dishes, glassware, accessories, stationery, and tools from sliding or shifting when drawers are opened, closed, or pulled quickly. No adhesive, cutting tools, or special installation is required: simply measure, cut to size, lay flat, and the textured surface holds position through friction alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eanthracite colourway\u003c\/strong\u003e — a refined dark grey — gives the liner a sleek, contemporary appearance that complements modern kitchen, wardrobe, and bathroom interiors without clashing with existing cabinetry finishes. Beyond its anti-slip function, the mat acts as a \u003cstrong\u003eprotective barrier between items and the drawer or shelf surface\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing scratches, scuffs, and surface wear on cabinet interiors over time. At 5 metres per roll, a single purchase covers multiple drawers or shelves across a kitchen, wardrobe, or workspace fitout, making it a practical and economical organisation accessory for both new installations and retrofits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-Pattern Grip Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intersecting raised lines create a dense grid of grip points across the surface — significantly more effective at holding items than smooth or lightly textured liners, especially for small or lightweight objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Adhesive Friction Fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e The textured underside grips the drawer or shelf surface without glue, tape, or fasteners — lifts out cleanly for washing and repositioning without leaving residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut-to-Size Convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mat cuts cleanly with household scissors or a utility knife — no specialist tools needed — allowing precise fitting to any drawer or shelf shape, including irregular or angled cabinets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acts as a cushioned barrier between stored items and the cabinet interior, preventing scratches, scuffs, and impact marks on drawer bottoms and shelf surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e51cm × 5m Generous Roll Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sufficient to line multiple drawers and shelves from a single roll — cost-effective for full kitchen, wardrobe, or bathroom fitouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEBCO\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eASM5-ATC\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnti Skid Drawer \u0026amp; Shelf Liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePattern\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCross (intersecting grip texture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnthracite (dark grey)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e51cm wide × 5m long\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomisation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCut to size with scissors or utility knife\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Method\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eNo adhesive — friction grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 roll\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEBCO manufacturer quality assurance\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eStep-by-Step Installation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMeasure the interior length and width of the drawer or shelf where the mat will be placed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUnroll the mat on a flat surface and mark the required dimensions using a pencil or marker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eCut along the marked lines using scissors or a utility knife — the mat cuts cleanly without fraying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eEnsure the drawer or shelf surface is clean and dry before placing the mat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eLay the cut mat flat in the drawer or on the shelf — no adhesive or fixing required. The textured surface holds position through friction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere the Ebco Anti Skid Mat 5 fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe Drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents accessories, jewellery, folded clothes, and small items from sliding and tangling when drawers are opened and closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Cabinet Shelves \u0026amp; Drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps dishes, glassware, cookware, and cutlery securely in position — reducing chipping and breakage from sliding contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom Vanity Drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds toiletries, cosmetics, and grooming accessories in place and protects the drawer surface from spills and product residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffice \u0026amp; Study Drawers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organises stationery, electronics accessories, and office supplies — prevents small items from migrating to the back of deep drawers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool Storage \u0026amp; Toolboxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keeps tools, hardware, and small components from sliding and colliding — reducing tool damage and making items easier to locate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Fitouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5m roll length provides sufficient coverage for multiple kitchen cabinet drawers and shelves from a single purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic EBCO Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Anti Skid Mat with manufacturer quality assurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Minute Bangalore Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e On-site fast — ideal when your carpenter or interior contractor needs the liner the same day as cabinet installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-Friendly Pricing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single rolls for individual rooms or multiples for full-home kitchen and wardrobe fitouts — no bulk minimum required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How does the cross pattern differ from other anti-skid mat patterns, and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ecross pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e features a dense grid of intersecting raised lines that create grip points in both horizontal and vertical directions simultaneously. This means items are restrained from sliding in all directions — forward, backward, and sideways — rather than only along one axis as with a simple ribbed or lined pattern. The result is more stable retention of lightweight, smooth-bottomed items like glassware, cosmetics jars, and folded fabric that would still shift on a less aggressive texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How much of a roll do I need for a standard modular kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard modular kitchen typically has 6–10 drawers and shelves of varying sizes. At \u003cstrong\u003e51cm width and 5m length\u003c\/strong\u003e, a single roll provides approximately 2.55 sq metres of liner — sufficient to cover most kitchen drawer sets with some material to spare for trimming. Deep larder pull-outs or wide shelf units may consume more material per piece. For a full kitchen plus wardrobe fitout, ordering two rolls ensures complete coverage without running short mid-installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Does the mat stay in place on its own, or will it shift when the drawer is opened quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ebco Anti Skid Mat uses a \u003cstrong\u003efriction-grip system\u003c\/strong\u003e — the textured underside grips the drawer or shelf surface without adhesive. On smooth melamine or lacquered drawer bases (the most common modular kitchen interior finish), the mat holds position reliably under normal drawer operation including quick pulls. If the mat shifts on a particularly smooth or polished surface, a small piece of double-sided tape at the back edge of the mat will secure it permanently without affecting the mat's removability for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can the mat be washed, and does it lose its grip after washing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mat can be \u003cstrong\u003ewiped with a damp cloth for routine cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e or removed from the drawer and washed with mild soap and water for a deeper clean. Allow it to dry completely before replacing it in the drawer. Washing does not degrade the cross-pattern texture or reduce the friction grip of the mat — it can be cleaned and reused repeatedly without loss of performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is the anthracite colour available in other patterns or sizes from EBCO, and how does ASM5 compare to other mats in the range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEBCO's anti-skid mat range includes multiple pattern options — the ASM5 designation refers specifically to the \u003cstrong\u003ecross pattern in this roll format\u003c\/strong\u003e. Other patterns in the EBCO range include diamond and honeycomb textures, available in different colours. The cross pattern is generally considered the most versatile for mixed-use drawers containing both heavy and lightweight items, as its bidirectional grip holds a wider range of object types securely. If you need a different colour or pattern for a specific application, check HomeRun's full EBCO accessories listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003eebco anti skid mat ASM5-ATC anthracite cross pattern drawer liner non slip mat shelf liner cabinet liner wardrobe drawer mat bangalore kitchen accessories\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50061014335803,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-ASM5-ATC","price":1777.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/IMG_20260518_123448_Ebco_Anti_Skid_Mat_5_Anthracite_Cross_Size_5m_X_51cm_ASM5-ATC_aa.webp?v=1779178786"},{"product_id":"ebco-aluminium-profile-cabinet-edge","title":"Ebco Aluminium Profile Cabinet Edge, Length 3m","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Aluminium Profile Cabinet Edge used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Aluminium Profile Cabinet Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003edecorative and protective edge trim for cabinet panels\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to provide \u003cstrong\u003eclean, professional edge finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e for modern modular kitchens and wardrobes, protecting panel edges while enhancing aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco Aluminium Profile Cabinet Edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decorative and protective edge trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-meter length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple finishes available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet panel edge finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Aluminium Profile Cabinet Edge\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional finishing solution for cabinet panel edges\u003c\/strong\u003e. This aluminium edge trim protects vulnerable panel edges from damage while creating clean, modern lines that enhance the overall aesthetic of your modular kitchen or wardrobe installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003e3-meter lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e, the profile can be cut to your exact requirements and applied to cabinet doors, shelves, and panel edges. Available in multiple finishes to complement your design scheme, this edge trim is essential for achieving a polished, professional look in contemporary cabinetry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminium cabinet edge profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMultiple finishes available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEdge protection and decoration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCut to length and apply to panel edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Door and panel edge finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe Panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Closet door and shelf edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelving Systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open shelf edge protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture Manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Contemporary furniture edge trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Interiors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Office and retail cabinetry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retail and residential displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure panel edge length accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut aluminium profile to exact length using appropriate tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdge Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure panel edge is clean and smooth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfile Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply profile to panel edge using appropriate adhesive or mounting method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure profile is securely attached and aligned.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is cabinet edge profile used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabinet edge profile provides \u003cstrong\u003edecorative finishing and protection for cabinet panel edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating clean lines while preventing edge damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What length is the profile supplied in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe profile is supplied in \u003cstrong\u003e3-meter lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e, which can be cut to your exact requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe profile is available in \u003cstrong\u003emultiple finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e to match your cabinet design scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I use this on any panel thickness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the profile specifications for \u003cstrong\u003ecompatible panel thicknesses\u003c\/strong\u003e. Different profiles may accommodate different panel sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How do I attach the profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttachment methods vary by profile design. Common methods include \u003cstrong\u003eadhesive bonding or mechanical fastening\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Is this suitable for kitchen applications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminium edge profiles are \u003cstrong\u003eideal for modular kitchen cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e and provide durable, easy-to-clean edge finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Can I use this for open shelving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Edge profiles are \u003cstrong\u003eperfect for finishing open shelf edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing both protection and aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section  --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-Friendly Availability:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-meter lengths for flexible installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability for urgent needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once cut or installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Black, EP-1819L-3M-AB","offer_id":50061017841979,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-EP-1819L-3M-AB","price":1006.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome, EP-1819L-3M-CP","offer_id":50061017874747,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-EP-1819L-3M-CP","price":1129.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Special Finish, EP-1819L-3M-SF","offer_id":50061017940283,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-EP-1819L-3M-SF","price":1160.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/ebco-aluminium-profile-cabinet-edge.jpg?v=1770447866"},{"product_id":"ebco-luminor-8c-set-of-diffusor-profile-with-aluminium-heat-sink-profile","title":"Ebco Luminor 8C, Set of Aluminium Heat Sink Profile with Diffusor Profile, Length 3m, LUM8C1","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Luminor 8C used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Luminor 8C\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003erecessed mounting LED profile system with aluminum heat sink and ABS diffuser\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003einterior lighting applications\u003c\/strong\u003e including under-cabinet lighting, mirror edges, cove lighting, and display shelves in residential and commercial spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e EBCO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 meters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recessed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiffuser Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum heat sink profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e LUM8C1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Luminor 8C\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional-grade LED profile system that combines an aluminum heat sink housing with an ABS diffuser for efficient, attractive lighting installations. The 3-meter recessed mounting profile provides a sleek, integrated lighting solution that disappears into surfaces while delivering consistent, diffused illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aluminum heat sink profile ensures optimal LED performance by dissipating heat effectively, extending LED lifespan and maintaining consistent light output. The ABS diffuser creates smooth, even light distribution without hotspots, making it ideal for a wide range of interior lighting applications from kitchen cabinets to retail displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEBCO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLUM8C1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 meters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRecessed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiffuser Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminum heat sink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Cap Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 profile with 1 diffuser (end caps sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFAC-EBCO-LUM8C1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-Cabinet Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recessed installation beneath kitchen cabinets for task lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMirror Edge Illumination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bathroom and vanity mirror lighting for even illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCove Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ceiling and wall cove installations for ambient lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recessed floor profile lighting for pathways and accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExhibition Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Museum and gallery display illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retail shelves and display cabinets for product highlighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior Passageways:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corridor and hallway accent lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure Installation Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine required length and cut 3-meter profile to size if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Recessed Channel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create recessed mounting channel in surface for flush installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Aluminum Profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure heat sink housing into recessed channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall LED Strip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place LED strip into aluminum profile channel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach ABS Diffuser:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap diffuser into profile to cover LED strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall End Caps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach separately purchased end caps to profile ends for finished appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wire LED strip to appropriate power supply and test operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What does recessed mounting mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecessed mounting means the profile is installed flush into a surface\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a seamless, integrated appearance where the lighting appears to come from within the surface itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Do I need to buy end caps separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eplastic end caps are sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e. You'll need to purchase end caps to complete the installation and achieve a finished, professional appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What is the purpose of the aluminum heat sink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum housing dissipates heat from the LED strip\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing overheating, extending LED lifespan, and maintaining consistent light output and color temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I cut this profile to a shorter length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003e3-meter profile can be cut to your required length\u003c\/strong\u003e using appropriate tools. Ensure clean, straight cuts for proper diffuser fit and end cap installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Does this include LED strips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is \u003cstrong\u003ethe profile system only\u003c\/strong\u003e. You need to purchase \u003cstrong\u003ecompatible LED strips separately\u003c\/strong\u003e based on your lighting requirements and desired color temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) What does the ABS diffuser do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eABS diffuser creates smooth, even light distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e, eliminating LED hotspots and creating a continuous, uniform lighting effect along the entire profile length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Is this suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis profile is designed for \u003cstrong\u003einterior applications\u003c\/strong\u003e. For outdoor installations, check for weather-rated LED profile systems specifically designed for exterior use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic EBCO Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Lighting Solutions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quality aluminum and ABS construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50061062734139,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-LUM8C1","price":1376.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/dp-img-2.jpg?v=1742907793"},{"product_id":"ashirvad-3-layer-overhead-tank","title":"Ashirvad 3 Layer Overhead Tank, White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ashirvad 3 Layer Overhead Tank used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAshirvad 3 Layer Overhead Tank\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003epremium water storage solution with triple-layer construction for superior insulation and durability\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003erooftop installation in residential and commercial buildings\u003c\/strong\u003e with UV protection and algae-resistant technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-Layer Technology (Inner, Middle Insulation, Outer UV Layer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White (UV-stabilized outer layer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Food-grade virgin plastic (ISI certified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV protection, algae resistance, temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 Years against manufacturing defects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAshirvad 3 Layer Overhead Tank\u003c\/strong\u003e represents advanced water storage technology with triple-layer construction engineered for superior performance. The inner layer is manufactured from food-grade virgin plastic ensuring safe, hygienic water storage, while the middle insulation layer maintains water temperature and prevents heat absorption. The outer UV-stabilized white layer provides exceptional protection against sun damage and extends tank lifespan significantly beyond single-layer alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank's advanced design incorporates anti-algae technology that prevents bacterial growth and keeps stored water fresh and clean. The seamless rotomolded construction eliminates weak points and potential leak areas, while the reinforced top design supports safe rooftop access for maintenance. Backed by Ashirvad's 10-year warranty and ISI certification, this overhead tank delivers reliable water storage for homes, apartments, commercial buildings, and industrial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTank Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3-Layer Overhead Water Storage Tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFood-grade virgin plastic (LLDPE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWhite (UV-stabilized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSeamless rotomolded with 3-layer technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eISI marked, BIS certified for potable water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e10 Years from date of purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Buildings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Independent houses, villas, and bungalows requiring rooftop water storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApartment Complexes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi-story residential buildings with centralized or individual overhead tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Establishments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offices, shops, restaurants, and hotels requiring reliable water supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEducational Institutions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Schools, colleges, and training centers with high water demand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHealthcare Facilities:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clinics, hospitals, and medical centers requiring hygienic water storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Factories, warehouses, and manufacturing units needing process water storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Construct level concrete platform with minimum 4-inch height; ensure platform size exceeds tank base by 6 inches on all sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position tank centrally on platform; verify level placement using spirit level before connecting pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install inlet, outlet, and overflow pipes using appropriate tank connectors and PTFE tape for leak-free joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport \u0026amp; Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not anchor or bolt tank to platform; allow for thermal expansion and contraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTesting \u0026amp; Commissioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill tank slowly to check for leaks; inspect all connections; clean tank interior before regular use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What are the benefits of a 3-layer water tank over a single-layer tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-layer tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e offer \u003cstrong\u003esuperior insulation keeping water cooler in summer\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eenhanced UV protection preventing plastic degradation\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eanti-algae properties maintaining water quality\u003c\/strong\u003e. The middle insulation layer reduces heat absorption by up to 30%, while the UV-stabilized outer layer extends tank life by 50% compared to single-layer tanks. This makes 3-layer tanks ideal for \u003cstrong\u003eharsh sunlight and high-temperature regions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How do I determine the right tank capacity for my home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalculate based on \u003cstrong\u003edaily water consumption and number of occupants\u003c\/strong\u003e. A typical guideline is \u003cstrong\u003e150-200 liters per person per day\u003c\/strong\u003e. For a family of 4, a \u003cstrong\u003e500-1000 liter tank\u003c\/strong\u003e is recommended. Consider factors like \u003cstrong\u003ewater supply frequency, backup requirements, and peak usage periods\u003c\/strong\u003e. For areas with irregular supply, opt for \u003cstrong\u003elarger capacity to ensure 2-3 days backup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Can I install an overhead tank directly on a roof slab without a platform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, always install overhead tanks on a \u003cstrong\u003eproper concrete platform raised 4-6 inches above the roof\u003c\/strong\u003e. This prevents \u003cstrong\u003ewater pooling around the tank base, allows air circulation, facilitates drainage, and protects the tank bottom from heat and moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. Direct slab installation can cause \u003cstrong\u003epremature tank degradation and potential leaks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) How often should I clean my overhead water tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean your overhead tank \u003cstrong\u003eat least twice a year (every 6 months)\u003c\/strong\u003e, preferably before and after monsoon season. Regular cleaning prevents \u003cstrong\u003esediment buildup, bacterial growth, and algae formation\u003c\/strong\u003e. Drain the tank completely, scrub interior walls with a brush, rinse thoroughly, and disinfect with diluted bleach solution before refilling. For areas with high sediment, \u003cstrong\u003equarterly cleaning is recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) What is the expected lifespan of an Ashirvad 3-layer overhead tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith proper installation and maintenance, Ashirvad 3-layer overhead tanks have an \u003cstrong\u003eexpected lifespan of 15-20 years\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003e10-year warranty covers manufacturing defects\u003c\/strong\u003e, but the tank's UV-stabilized construction and quality materials ensure decades of reliable service. Factors affecting lifespan include \u003cstrong\u003ewater quality, cleaning frequency, installation quality, and environmental conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ashirvad Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Assurance:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISI-certified tanks with full manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"1000 L","offer_id":50071151477051,"sku":"OVE-TAN-ASH-WHT-1000","price":8700.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 L","offer_id":50071151509819,"sku":"OVE-TAN-ASH-WHT-1500","price":13050.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000 L","offer_id":50071151542587,"sku":"OVE-TAN-ASH-WHT-2000","price":17400.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/ashirvad-water-tank-1683542764-6885424_1_71b21511-47da-4f00-b8a8-3cab02564b04.png?v=1757076429"},{"product_id":"ebco-aluminum-shutter-grill","title":"Ebco Aluminium Shutter Grill","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Shutter Grill\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Widths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm and 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e AS (Anodized Silver), SF (Satin Finish), WM (White Matt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kitchen shutters, wardrobes, gas cylinder cabinets, shoe cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 piece per unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco manufacturer quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Aluminium Shutter Grill\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cabinet ventilation grill designed to be fitted into kitchen shutters, wardrobe doors, and other enclosed cabinet panels where airflow is a functional or safety requirement. Available in \u003cstrong\u003e150mm and 300mm widths\u003c\/strong\u003e and three finishes — \u003cstrong\u003eAS (Anodized Silver), SF (Satin Finish), and WM (White Matt)\u003c\/strong\u003e — it integrates cleanly into modular kitchen and wardrobe shutters, matching the finish to existing cabinet hardware and aluminium profiles for a coordinated appearance. The aluminium construction provides lasting corrosion resistance in the humid kitchen and bathroom environments where ventilation grills are most commonly installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most safety-critical application for shutter grills in Indian kitchens is \u003cstrong\u003eLPG gas cylinder storage cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e — building codes and gas safety guidelines require that enclosed spaces storing LPG cylinders have ventilation openings at both low and high positions to allow any leaked gas to dissipate rather than accumulate. An aluminium shutter grill provides this mandated ventilation while keeping the cabinet visually integrated with the rest of the kitchen. Beyond gas storage, the grills are equally practical for wardrobe doors (preventing mustiness in humid climates), appliance cabinets (dissipating heat from microwaves and ovens), shoe cabinets (reducing odour buildup), and under-sink bathroom vanities (preventing moisture-driven mildew). The 150mm width suits smaller shutters and drawer fronts; the 300mm width provides higher airflow capacity for larger cabinet panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Practical Width Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm for smaller shutters, drawer fronts, and supplementary ventilation positions; 300mm for standard kitchen cabinet shutters and wardrobe panels where higher airflow volume is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Coordinated Finishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e AS (Anodized Silver) for modern stainless and metallic kitchen hardware; SF (Satin Finish) for a subtle brushed appearance; WM (White Matt) for white modular kitchens and wardrobes — select the finish that matches existing cabinet hardware and profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant and lightweight — maintains appearance and structural integrity in the persistent humidity of kitchen and bathroom cabinet environments without rusting or warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLPG Safety Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides the mandated ventilation opening for cabinets storing LPG gas cylinders, allowing leaked gas to dissipate rather than accumulate to dangerous concentrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Shutter Integration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to be recessed into a cut-out in the shutter panel — sits flush with the shutter surface for a built-in, professional appearance that does not protrude into the cabinet interior or exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e150mm and 300mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAS (Anodized Silver) \/ SF (Satin Finish) \/ WM (White Matt)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eKitchen shutters, wardrobes, gas cylinder cabinets, shoe cabinets, vanities\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRecessed into rectangular cutout in shutter panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 piece per unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco manufacturer quality assurance\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- VARIANT SELECTION GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVariant Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 15px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd; table-layout: fixed;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 20%;\"\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 30%;\"\u003eOptions\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 50%;\"\u003eChoose Based On\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e150mm \/ 300mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e150mm for smaller shutters and supplementary positions; 300mm for standard cabinet shutters requiring higher airflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAS \/ SF \/ WM\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAS (Anodized Silver) for metallic kitchens; SF (Satin) for subtle brushed look; WM (White Matt) for white modular kitchens and wardrobes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eStep-by-Step Installation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSelect the correct width — 150mm or 300mm — based on your cabinet shutter size and required airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eSelect the finish — AS, SF, or WM — to match your existing cabinet hardware and aluminium profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMark the installation position on the shutter panel — for gas cylinder cabinets, position one grill near the bottom (for heavy LPG gas that settles low) and one near the top for cross-ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUse a jigsaw or router to cut a clean rectangular opening in the shutter panel matching the grill dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eInsert the grill into the cutout and secure using the appropriate mounting method — clips, screws, or panel adhesive depending on the shutter material and grill design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eVerify the grill sits flush with the shutter surface on both faces and the louvres are oriented for correct airflow direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere Ebco Aluminium Shutter Grills fit best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLPG Gas Cylinder Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mandatory ventilation for enclosed kitchen cabinets storing LPG cylinders — allows leaked gas to dissipate and prevents dangerous accumulation. Use two grills: one low and one high for cross-ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppliance Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ventilation for cabinets housing microwaves, OTGs, and other heat-generating appliances — dissipates heat and prevents thermal buildup that shortens appliance life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Air circulation in enclosed wardrobes prevents mustiness and keeps clothes fresh — particularly important in humid Indian climates and poorly ventilated rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoe Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passive ventilation reduces odour buildup in enclosed shoe storage units — the louvred grill allows air exchange without exposing contents to dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBathroom Vanity Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Under-sink ventilation prevents moisture-driven mildew and damp odours in enclosed bathroom cabinet spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Fitouts:\u003c\/strong\u003e AS, SF, and WM finishes integrate directly with standard modular kitchen shutter profiles — select the finish code that matches the kitchen hardware specification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Aluminium Shutter Grill with manufacturer quality assurance — all widths and finishes available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Minute Bangalore Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e On-site fast — ideal when your carpenter or kitchen installer needs the grill the same day as shutter installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-Friendly Pricing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single units or multiples for full kitchen and wardrobe fitouts — no bulk minimum required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What do the finish codes AS, SF, and WM mean — how do I choose the right one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAS (Anodized Silver)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bright, hard-anodized silver finish that matches stainless steel handles, chrome hardware, and metallic-finish modular kitchen profiles. \u003cstrong\u003eSF (Satin Finish)\u003c\/strong\u003e has a subtle, brushed appearance — slightly less reflective than AS — that suits contemporary kitchens with brushed or matte metallic hardware. \u003cstrong\u003eWM (White Matt)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a flat white finish that integrates seamlessly into white modular kitchens, white laminate wardrobes, and white-finish cabinetry where a metallic grill would stand out. Match the finish code to your existing cabinet hardware or profile specification sheet from your kitchen manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Which width should I choose — 150mm or 300mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003e150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for smaller shutters, narrow drawer fronts, supplementary ventilation positions (such as a second grill on a larger shutter), or where the available shutter width limits the cutout size. Choose \u003cstrong\u003e300mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for standard full-height kitchen cabinet shutters and wardrobe panels where higher airflow volume is required — a larger grill opening allows more air exchange per unit of time. For gas cylinder cabinets, using two 150mm grills (one low, one high) is often more effective than one 300mm grill at a single position, as it creates a cross-ventilation path through the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Is a ventilation grill legally required for LPG gas cylinder storage cabinets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Indian safety standards and the Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO) guidelines require that enclosed spaces storing LPG cylinders have adequate ventilation to prevent gas accumulation. LPG is heavier than air and settles at floor level, so \u003cstrong\u003eat least one low ventilation opening near the bottom of the cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e is essential — a high opening for exhaust ventilation is additionally recommended. Fitting a shutter grill is the standard method of providing this compliant ventilation in modular kitchen designs. Consult your local fire safety or building authority for specific dimensional requirements in your jurisdiction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can these grills be installed in an existing cabinet shutter without replacing the shutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the grill is fitted by cutting a rectangular opening in the existing shutter panel and inserting the grill into the cutout. This can be done on most shutter materials including MDF, HDF, plywood, and aluminium panel shutters using a jigsaw or router. The cut must be clean and accurately sized to the grill dimensions for a flush, gap-free fit. If the existing shutter is a thin membrane-finish panel (less than 12mm thick), check the grill mounting depth against the panel thickness before cutting — your carpenter will confirm suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Are aluminium grills suitable for humid bathroom and kitchen environments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — \u003cstrong\u003ealuminium is naturally corrosion-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e and does not rust in humid kitchen and bathroom environments, making it the appropriate material for cabinet ventilation grills in these locations. The anodized and coated finishes (AS, SF, WM) add a further protective layer over the aluminium substrate, enhancing surface durability and resistance to cleaning agents. Aluminium grills are significantly more durable in humid conditions than uncoated steel or MDF ventilation inserts that rust, swell, or delaminate over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003eebco aluminium shutter grill 150mm 300mm AS SF WM cabinet ventilation grill kitchen shutter grill wardrobe ventilation gas cylinder cabinet grill bangalore cabinet hardware\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"150mm \/ AS (Anodized Silver)","offer_id":50096763273531,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-15-AS","price":102.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ AB\/BL (Black)","offer_id":50096763306299,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-15-AB","price":103.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ SF (Special Finish)","offer_id":50096763470139,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-15-SF","price":108.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"300mm \/ AS (Anodized Silver)","offer_id":50096763732283,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-30-AS","price":179.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"300mm \/ AB\/BL (Black)","offer_id":50096763765051,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-30-AB","price":179.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"300mm \/ SF (Special Finish)","offer_id":50096763928891,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-ASGS-30-SF","price":187.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Ebco_grill_1.webp?v=1779272973"},{"product_id":"ebco-light-linear-2-way-glass-8mm","title":"Ebco Light Linear 2 Way LED Strip Light for 8mm Glass, 4000K, 24V","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Light Linear 2 way Glass 8mm used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Light Linear 2 way Glass 8mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eLED edge lighting system for glass shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eilluminating 8mm glass shelf edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing elegant ambient lighting for wardrobes, display cabinets, and retail applications with 24V DC operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24V DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCCT:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4000K\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Must buy Ebco Light Adapter separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Light Linear 2 way Glass 8mm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a specially designed LED lighting system for glass shelf edge mount applications. This innovative two-way linear light creates stunning illumination effects on glass shelves, perfect for showcasing items in wardrobes, display cabinets, and retail environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is engineered for 8mm glass thickness and operates on 24V DC power with a neutral 4000K color temperature. Suitable for residential, commercial offices, and retail outlets, this lighting solution adds sophistication and functionality to any space. Note that the Ebco Light Adapter (power supply unit) must be purchased separately for operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInput Voltage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCCT (Color Temperature)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e4000K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCRI\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRa 80+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWattage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e14.4w\/mtr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLED Density\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e120L\/mtr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAS (Silver)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco Light Adapter (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe Glass Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Illuminate glass shelves in luxury wardrobes for elegant display of accessories and shoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Showcase collectibles, awards, and decorative items with professional edge lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetail Outlets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create eye-catching product displays on glass shelving in boutiques and stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Glass Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add ambient lighting to open glass shelving in modern kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Offices:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhance reception areas and executive offices with illuminated glass displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Living Spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create sophisticated lighting effects in living rooms and entertainment units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Glass Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure your glass shelves are exactly 8mm thick for proper fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurchase Power Supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Order Ebco Light Adapter (24V DC power supply unit) separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlan Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Determine the linear length needed and plan the lighting layout for your shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall LED Strip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount the linear LED light to the glass shelf edge according to installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect to Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wire the LED system to the Ebco Light Adapter and test operation before final installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) Is the power supply included with this LED light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the \u003cstrong\u003eEbco Light Adapter (power supply unit) must be purchased separately\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 24V DC adapter is specifically designed to work with Ebco's Livsmart LED lighting systems and is essential for operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What does 4000K color temperature mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4000K is a neutral white color temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e that provides \u003cstrong\u003ebright, clean illumination\u003c\/strong\u003e without being too warm (yellow) or too cool (blue). It's ideal for \u003cstrong\u003edisplay applications and general ambient lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Can this be used with glass thicker or thinner than 8mm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is \u003cstrong\u003especifically designed for 8mm glass thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e. Using it with different glass thicknesses may result in \u003cstrong\u003eimproper fit and reduced lighting performance\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ensure your glass shelves are exactly 8mm for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What does \"2 way\" mean in the product name?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\"2 way\" refers to the light distribution pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the LED illuminates in \u003cstrong\u003etwo directions from the glass edge\u003c\/strong\u003e, creating a balanced lighting effect that enhances the visual appeal of the glass shelf and displayed items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How much power does this lighting system consume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system consumes \u003cstrong\u003e14.4 watts per meter\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it an \u003cstrong\u003eenergy-efficient lighting solution\u003c\/strong\u003e. Calculate your total power requirement based on the linear length of LED strips you plan to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) What is CRI and why does it matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCRI (Color Rendering Index) of Ra 80+\u003c\/strong\u003e means the LED light \u003cstrong\u003eaccurately renders colors\u003c\/strong\u003e of displayed items. This is important for \u003cstrong\u003eretail displays and showcasing products\u003c\/strong\u003e where true color representation matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Lighting Solutions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full range of LED systems and power supplies available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"412mm, L-L2G8-412","offer_id":50100024410427,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KIT-LIGHT-L-L2G8-412","price":707.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"562mm, L-L2G8-562","offer_id":50100024443195,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KIT-LIGHT-L-L2G8-562","price":964.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"862mm, L-L2G8-862","offer_id":50100024475963,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KIT-LIGHT-L-L2G8-862","price":1480.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Linear-Two-Way-Glass-8mm-With-Door-Trigger-Two-Part-Sensor-550x550w.jpg?v=1741855190"},{"product_id":"ebco-universal-magic-corner","title":"Ebco Universal Magic Corner, Double Pullout","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003espace-saving corner cabinet solution\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eutilizing dead corner space in L-shaped or parallel kitchens\u003c\/strong\u003e with soft-close system for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double pullout system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit (left or right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft-close mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corner cabinet optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKitchen Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e L-shaped or parallel kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Universal Magic Corner Double Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e is an innovative space-saving solution that smartly utilizes dead corner space in L-shaped or parallel kitchen layouts. This double pullout system features a soft-close mechanism for smooth and silent closure, enhancing both functionality and user experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe universal fit design allows installation on both left and right cabinets, providing flexibility for various kitchen configurations. This magic corner system brings hidden corner storage into easy reach, maximizing your kitchen's storage potential while maintaining accessibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDouble Pullout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClosing Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSoft-close\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eUniversal (Left or Right)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCorner Cabinet Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-Shaped Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimize corner cabinet space in L-shaped kitchen layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallel Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximize storage in parallel kitchen configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookware Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store pots, pans, and large cooking vessels in accessible corner space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organize bulk groceries and kitchen supplies in corner cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Appliances:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep mixers, blenders, and other appliances within easy reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCabinet Assessment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure corner cabinet dimensions and determine left or right installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install mounting brackets and rails according to Ebco specifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePullout Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach double pullout baskets to the mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust soft-close mechanism and verify smooth operation before loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What does \"universal fit\" mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/strong\u003e means this magic corner system can be installed in both \u003cstrong\u003eleft-opening and right-opening corner cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing flexibility for different kitchen layouts without needing separate left\/right models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How does the soft-close mechanism work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esoft-close system\u003c\/strong\u003e uses dampening technology to gently slow down the closing action, preventing slamming and ensuring \u003cstrong\u003equiet, smooth operation\u003c\/strong\u003e while extending the life of the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What is the load capacity of this system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoad capacity varies based on installation and cabinet construction. Consult the \u003cstrong\u003eEbco installation guide\u003c\/strong\u003e for specific weight limits and ensure proper mounting for \u003cstrong\u003eoptimal performance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can this be retrofitted to existing cabinets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Universal Magic Corner can be \u003cstrong\u003eretrofitted to existing corner cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e, though professional installation is recommended to ensure proper fit and function in your specific cabinet configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) What maintenance does this system require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimal maintenance is required. Periodically check mounting screws for tightness, keep runners clean, and avoid overloading. The \u003cstrong\u003esoft-close mechanism is self-contained\u003c\/strong\u003e and requires no lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace Optimization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transform wasted corner space into functional storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Metal Baskets, MCDP90","offer_id":50286015381819,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-MCDP90","price":20931.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Glass Baskets, MCDP90G","offer_id":50286015414587,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-MCDP90G","price":23730.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/dp-img-1_1.jpg?v=1747048903"},{"product_id":"ebco-magic-corner-single-pullout","title":"Ebco Magic Corner Max 90, Single Pullout","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Magic Corner Max 90 used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Magic Corner Max 90 - Single Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eblind corner cabinet optimizer with soft-close functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003emaximizing storage in L-shaped and parallel kitchen corner cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e with smooth single pullout access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 845mm (W) × 531mm (D) × 580mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite (AT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Right (MCM90-R-AT) or Left (MCM90-L-AT)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft-close, 4 baskets, shutter mount included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Magic Corner Max 90 - Single Pullout\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms difficult-to-access blind corner cabinets into highly functional storage spaces. This innovative system features a single pullout mechanism with soft-close functionality, bringing corner storage within easy reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in right-hand (MCM90-R-AT) and left-hand (MCM90-L-AT) variants, this complete kit includes a pullout frame, 4 powder-coated steel baskets (2 front + 2 rear), mounting hardware, and shutter mount. The anthracite finish provides rust resistance and a modern aesthetic perfect for contemporary kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e845mm × 531mm × 580mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnthracite (AT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrientation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRight (MCM90-R-AT) or Left (MCM90-L-AT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBaskets Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e4 baskets (2 front + 2 rear)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-Shaped Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for optimizing blind corner cabinets in L-shaped kitchen layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParallel Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for corner storage in parallel or galley kitchen designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePantry Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for storing dry goods, canned items, and kitchen essentials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCookware Organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for pots, pans, and large cooking utensils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Appliance Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for mixers, blenders, and other kitchen appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetermine Orientation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose right (MCM90-R-AT) or left (MCM90-L-AT) variant based on your cabinet opening direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Pullout Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount the pullout frame inside the corner cabinet using provided mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach Baskets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Install the 4 baskets (2 front + 2 rear) to the pullout mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount Shutter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach cabinet door using the included shutter mount and test soft-close operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How do I choose between right and left variants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variant depends on \u003cstrong\u003ewhich side your cabinet door opens from\u003c\/strong\u003e. Right (MCM90-R-AT) is for right-hand opening, Left (MCM90-L-AT) is for left-hand opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What cabinet sizes is this compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit measures \u003cstrong\u003e845mm (W) × 531mm (D) × 580mm (H)\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed for standard corner cabinets. Verify your cabinet dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Does it include soft-close functionality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Magic Corner Max 90 features \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated soft-close\u003c\/strong\u003e for smooth, silent operation during daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) How many baskets are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete set includes \u003cstrong\u003e4 powder-coated steel baskets\u003c\/strong\u003e: 2 front baskets and 2 rear baskets for maximum storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is installation hardware included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit comes \u003cstrong\u003eready with all mounting hardware and shutter mount\u003c\/strong\u003e required for standard cabinet installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pullout frame, 4 baskets, and all mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Right Side Opening, MCM90-R-AT","offer_id":50286048215355,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-MC90-R","price":29022.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Left Side Opening, MCM90-L-AT","offer_id":50286048248123,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-MC90-L","price":29022.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Ebco_Magic_Corner_Max_90_Single_Pullout.webp?v=1779281506"},{"product_id":"ebco-pantry-unit-soft-close-450mm-600mm-basket-glass-variants","title":"Ebco Pantry Unit, Soft Close","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Pantry Unit – Soft Close used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pantry Unit – Soft Close\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete tall cabinet storage system with soft-close mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e, featuring \u003cstrong\u003e12 baskets\/shelves (6 cabinet-side + 6 shutter-side)\u003c\/strong\u003e in powder-coated steel or tempered glass options for organized pantry storage in modular kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450mm, 600mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated steel or tempered glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Side-mount with guide runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft-close, smooth silent operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pantry Unit – Soft Close\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms tall kitchen cabinets into highly organized pantry storage with its innovative dual-access design. The system features 6 cabinet-side baskets and 6 shutter-side baskets\/shelves, providing comprehensive storage that maximizes every inch of vertical space while the soft-close mechanism ensures smooth, silent operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 450mm and 600mm widths with choice of powder-coated steel or premium tempered glass with metal frame, this anthracite-finished system adapts to various kitchen aesthetics and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e450mm Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e410 x 500 x 1820mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e600mm Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e560 x 500 x 1820mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePowder-Coated Steel or Tempered Glass with Metal Frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnthracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall Pantry Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Complete storage solution for tall kitchen units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Organized pantry for dry goods and kitchen supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Professional pantry systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-end residential projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What's the difference between powder-coated and glass options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-coated steel is durable and economical\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003etempered glass offers a premium, modern aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e with easy-to-clean surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How many baskets are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system includes \u003cstrong\u003e12 total baskets\/shelves: 6 on the cabinet side and 6 on the shutter side\u003c\/strong\u003e for comprehensive dual-access storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System:\u003c\/strong\u003e All baskets and hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Powder Coated Steel Basket \/ 450mm","offer_id":50286420066619,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-KPUSC1-45","price":22155.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coated Steel Basket \/ 600mm","offer_id":50286422163771,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-KPUSC1-60","price":25717.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tempered Glass Basket \/ 450mm","offer_id":50286420099387,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-KPUSCG-45","price":31150.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tempered Glass Basket \/ 600mm","offer_id":50286422196539,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-COR-MAG-KPUSCG-60","price":34949.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/ebco_pantry_450_metal.webp?v=1779272609"},{"product_id":"ebco-pull-out-waste-bin-40-litre-2x20l","title":"Ebco Pull Out Waste Bin, 40L Capacity, 2 X 20L Separate Bins, POWB4-40-AT","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Pull-Out Waste Bin 40 Litre used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pull-Out Waste Bin 40 Litre\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003edual-bin waste segregation system with full-extension slides\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eunder-sink installation in modular kitchens\u003c\/strong\u003e to efficiently separate wet and dry waste with easy pull-out access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ebco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e POWB4-40-AT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 litres (2 × 20L bins)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 335mm (W) × 480mm (D) × 420mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anthracite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 waste bins, pull-out frame with slides, mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pull-Out Waste Bin 40 Litre\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms kitchen waste management with its intelligent dual-bin design that promotes eco-friendly waste segregation. The two 20-litre bins allow you to separate wet and dry waste efficiently, making recycling and disposal easier while maintaining a clean, organized kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing full-extension slides for complete access and a smooth sliding mechanism, this compact system fits perfectly under sinks or in narrow cabinets. The anthracite finish provides a modern, professional appearance while the durable construction ensures years of reliable daily use. Easy floor-mounted installation makes setup straightforward for any modular kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEbco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePOWB4-40-AT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e40 litres (2 × 20L bins)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e335mm (W) × 480mm (D) × 420mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnthracite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlide Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFull-extension slides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFloor-mounted on cabinet base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e2 waste bins, pull-out frame with slides, mounting screws and hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFacia bracket sold separately (required to connect to shutter panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-Sink Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for utilizing space beneath kitchen sinks efficiently\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste Segregation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate wet and dry waste for eco-friendly disposal and recycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for narrow base cabinets and compact kitchen layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApartment Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space-efficient waste management for smaller living spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEco-Conscious Homes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Promote sustainable waste practices with dual-bin segregation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Daily household waste management with easy access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Cabinet Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure cabinet interior accommodates 335mm width, 480mm depth, and 420mm height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosition Pull-Out Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the frame on cabinet floor in desired location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure to Cabinet Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mount frame to cabinet floor using provided screws and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Waste Bins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert the two 20L bins into the pull-out frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Sliding Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify smooth full-extension operation of the slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach Facia Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect to shutter panel using separately purchased facia bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the purpose of having two bins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003edual-bin design allows waste segregation\u003c\/strong\u003e - one bin for wet\/organic waste and one for dry\/recyclable waste, promoting \u003cstrong\u003eeco-friendly disposal practices\u003c\/strong\u003e and making recycling easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Will this fit under my sink?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your \u003cstrong\u003eunder-sink cabinet dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e. You need at least \u003cstrong\u003e335mm width, 480mm depth, and 420mm height clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e. The compact design fits most standard under-sink cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Do I need to buy the facia bracket separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003efacia bracket is sold separately\u003c\/strong\u003e and is required to connect the pull-out system to your cabinet door\/shutter panel for synchronized opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What does full-extension mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-extension slides allow the bins to pull out completely\u003c\/strong\u003e from the cabinet, providing easy access to both bins without reaching into the cabinet interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use standard garbage bags with these bins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003e20-litre bins accommodate standard kitchen garbage bags\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use appropriately sized bags for each bin to maintain cleanliness and easy disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Is the anthracite finish durable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003eanthracite finish is durable and resistant to daily wear\u003c\/strong\u003e, maintaining its appearance even with frequent use in kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e7) How do I clean the waste bins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bins are \u003cstrong\u003eremovable for easy cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e. Simply lift them out of the frame, wash with soap and water, dry thoroughly, and replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Ebco Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bins, frame, slides, and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50296890589499,"sku":"FAC-EBCO-KITC-WASTE-BIN-POWB4-40-AT","price":4665.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/dp-img-03-scaled.jpg?v=1747314193"},{"product_id":"ebco-auto-pull-out-waste-bin-2-x-14l-dry-wet-separate","title":"Ebco Auto Pull Out Waste Bin, Auto Open on Shutter Open, 28L Capacity, 2 X 14L Separate Bins, APDWB-28","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Auto Pull Out Waste Bin used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Auto Pull Out Waste Bin 2 X 14L\u003c\/strong\u003e is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic waste segregation system attached to cabinet door\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003emodular kitchens\u003c\/strong\u003e where bins automatically pull out when the cabinet shutter opens, enabling convenient dry and wet waste separation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e EBCO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 × 14L bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 litres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automatic pull-out with shutter opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabinet base mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSegregation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dry and wet waste separation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Auto Pull Out Waste Bin\u003c\/strong\u003e revolutionizes kitchen waste management with its innovative automatic mechanism that synchronizes with your cabinet door. When you open the shutter, the dual 14-litre bins automatically pull out, providing instant access for waste disposal without bending or reaching into the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual-bin configuration promotes eco-friendly waste segregation, allowing you to separate dry and wet waste effortlessly. Mounted securely to the cabinet base and connected to the swing shutter, this space-efficient system keeps your kitchen organized while encouraging sustainable waste management practices in daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEBCO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e2 × 14L bins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e28 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAutomatic pull-out (attached to cabinet shutter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCabinet base mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSegregation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDry and wet waste separation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBIN-APDWB-28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1 Full Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless integration with swing-door base cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste Segregation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Eco-friendly separation of dry and wet waste for recycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-Cabinet Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Space-efficient waste management in compact kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEco-Conscious Homes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Promote sustainable waste disposal practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Convenient daily household waste management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApartment Living:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximize limited kitchen space with automatic systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVerify Cabinet Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure cabinet has swing shutter and adequate interior space for dual bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount to Cabinet Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure the bin frame to cabinet floor using provided hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach to Shutter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect the automatic pull-out mechanism to cabinet swing door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Waste Bins:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the two 14L bins into the mounted frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest Automatic Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open and close shutter to verify bins pull out and retract smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fine-tune connection for optimal synchronized operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How does the automatic pull-out work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bins are \u003cstrong\u003emechanically connected to your cabinet shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e. When you open the door, the bins \u003cstrong\u003eautomatically pull forward\u003c\/strong\u003e, and when you close it, they retract back into the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What is the purpose of having two bins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003edual-bin design enables waste segregation\u003c\/strong\u003e - use one bin for dry\/recyclable waste and the other for wet\/organic waste, promoting \u003cstrong\u003eeco-friendly disposal practices\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Will this fit in my existing cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your \u003cstrong\u003ecabinet interior dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure adequate space for two 14L bins plus the pull-out mechanism. The system requires a \u003cstrong\u003eswing-door cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e for the automatic function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I use standard garbage bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003e14-litre bins accommodate standard kitchen garbage bags\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use appropriately sized bags for each bin to maintain cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Does this require electricity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a \u003cstrong\u003emechanical system\u003c\/strong\u003e that operates purely through the physical connection to your cabinet door. No electricity or batteries required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can I install this myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eDIY installation is possible\u003c\/strong\u003e with basic tools. However, proper alignment of the automatic mechanism is crucial for smooth operation, so careful installation is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e7) How do I clean the bins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bins are \u003cstrong\u003eremovable for easy cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e. Simply lift them out of the frame, wash with soap and water, dry thoroughly, and replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic EBCO Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full set with bins and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50344933785915,"sku":"BIN-APDWB-28","price":7047.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Auto1.jpg?v=1748673598"},{"product_id":"gurmala","title":"Haks Plaster Trowel Gurmala, 4\" x 10\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Haks Plaster Trowel Gurmala used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHaks Plaster Trowel Gurmala\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e4\" x 10\" plastering trowel\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eapplying, smoothing, and finishing plaster, cement, and mortar\u003c\/strong\u003e with durable construction and comfortable grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastering Trowel (Gurmala)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches x 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plaster, cement, mortar application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable construction, comfortable grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applying, smoothing, finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHaks Plaster Trowel Gurmala\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 4\" x 10\" plastering trowel engineered for applying, smoothing, and finishing plaster, cement, and mortar. The durable construction ensures long-lasting performance, while the comfortable grip provides control during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for plastering walls, ceilings, and surfaces, this trowel offers professional results for residential and commercial construction. Essential for masons, plasterers, and contractors in Bangalore requiring reliable plastering tools for quality finishing work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePlastering Trowel (Gurmala)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e4 inches x 10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePlaster, cement, mortar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDurable blade with comfortable handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall Plastering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply and smooth plaster on interior and exterior walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for ceiling plastering and finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCement Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spread and smooth cement mortar on surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishing Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create smooth, professional finishes on plastered surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for patching and repairing plaster damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential tool for masons and plasterers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix plaster or mortar to proper consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoading:\u003c\/strong\u003e Load material onto trowel blade using hawk or board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply material to surface using sweeping motions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and level surface with trowel blade at slight angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean trowel immediately after use to prevent material hardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is a Gurmala trowel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGurmala is a type of plastering trowel\u003c\/strong\u003e commonly used in Indian construction for \u003cstrong\u003eapplying and smoothing plaster, cement, and mortar\u003c\/strong\u003e. The design provides \u003cstrong\u003egood control and coverage for plastering work\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What size is the Haks Plaster Trowel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Haks Plaster Trowel Gurmala is 4 inches x 10 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing \u003cstrong\u003egood coverage area for efficient plastering\u003c\/strong\u003e while maintaining \u003cstrong\u003econtrol and maneuverability\u003c\/strong\u003e for detailed work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Can I use this for ceiling plastering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003ethe Haks Plaster Trowel is suitable for ceiling plastering\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003esize and design allow for overhead application\u003c\/strong\u003e of plaster with \u003cstrong\u003ecomfortable grip reducing hand fatigue\u003c\/strong\u003e during ceiling work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Is this trowel suitable for cement work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003ethe Haks Plaster Trowel works for cement mortar application\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003edurable construction handles cement and mortar\u003c\/strong\u003e for various masonry and plastering applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How do I clean the trowel after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean trowel immediately after use with water\u003c\/strong\u003e before plaster or cement hardens. \u003cstrong\u003eScrape off excess material and wash blade thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Dry completely before storage to \u003cstrong\u003eprevent rust and maintain blade condition\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can I use this for finishing work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003ethe Haks Plaster Trowel is excellent for finishing work\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003esmooth blade creates professional finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e on plastered surfaces when used with \u003cstrong\u003eproper technique and material consistency\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Is the handle comfortable for extended use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003ethe Haks Plaster Trowel features a comfortable grip\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for \u003cstrong\u003eextended use during plastering work\u003c\/strong\u003e. The ergonomic handle reduces \u003cstrong\u003ehand fatigue during long plastering sessions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Haks Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All tools within optimal condition for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50539847844155,"sku":"GEN-HK-GUR-10","price":40.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Haks_Plaster_Trowel_Gurmala_4_x_10.png?v=1770112442"},{"product_id":"freeman-spirit-level-magnet","title":"Freemans Spirit Level, Aluminium, Magnetic, 30cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Freemans Spirit Level used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreemans Spirit Level\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e30cm aluminium spirit level with magnetic base\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003echecking horizontal and vertical alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e in construction, carpentry, and installation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium Spirit Level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30cm (12 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Construction, carpentry, installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreemans Spirit Level\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 30cm aluminium spirit level with magnetic base, engineered for checking horizontal and vertical alignment in construction, carpentry, and installation work. The lightweight aluminium construction provides durability while the magnetic base allows hands-free operation on metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for hanging pictures, installing shelves, checking wall alignment, and various leveling tasks, this spirit level offers accurate readings for professional and DIY projects. Essential for contractors, carpenters, and homeowners in Bangalore requiring precise leveling tools for quality work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminium Spirit Level with Magnetic Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e30cm (12 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Feature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMagnetic base for hands-free operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicture Hanging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure pictures and frames are perfectly level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check shelf alignment during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify horizontal and vertical alignment in construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarpentry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential tool for woodworking and furniture making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTile Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check tile alignment during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Magnetic base allows hands-free operation on metal surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place spirit level on surface to be checked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e On metal surfaces, magnetic base holds level hands-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReading:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check bubble position in vial; centered bubble indicates level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust surface or object until bubble is centered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in protective case or safe location to prevent damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is a spirit level used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA spirit level checks if surfaces are horizontal (level) or vertical (plumb)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003ebubble in the vial indicates alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e - when centered, the surface is level. Essential for \u003cstrong\u003econstruction, installation, and carpentry work\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What is the advantage of a magnetic base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe magnetic base attaches to metal surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing \u003cstrong\u003ehands-free operation\u003c\/strong\u003e. This is particularly useful for \u003cstrong\u003emetalwork, steel framing, and situations requiring both hands\u003c\/strong\u003e for adjustment or installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Is 30cm long enough for most tasks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003e30cm (12 inches) is suitable for most household and light construction tasks\u003c\/strong\u003e including \u003cstrong\u003epicture hanging, shelf installation, and small carpentry work\u003c\/strong\u003e. For larger projects, longer levels may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Why use aluminium construction?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium is lightweight yet durable\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the level \u003cstrong\u003eeasy to handle without sacrificing strength\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's also \u003cstrong\u003eresistant to rust and corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring long-lasting accuracy and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use this for vertical alignment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003espirit levels typically have vials for both horizontal and vertical alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e. Check the \u003cstrong\u003eappropriate vial when checking vertical surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e like walls, door frames, or posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) How do I know if the reading is accurate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe bubble should be centered between the lines in the vial\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the bubble is \u003cstrong\u003eoff-center, the surface is not level\u003c\/strong\u003e. Adjust the surface or object until the \u003cstrong\u003ebubble centers for accurate alignment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) How do I maintain my spirit level?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the level clean and dry\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eAvoid dropping or impacting\u003c\/strong\u003e which can affect accuracy. Store in a \u003cstrong\u003eprotective case or safe location\u003c\/strong\u003e. Periodically \u003cstrong\u003echeck accuracy against a known level surface\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Freemans Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All tools within optimal condition for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50539963056443,"sku":"GEN-FREE-SLB-30CM","price":240.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Freemans_Spirit_Level_Aluminium_Magnetic_30cm_-_1.webp?v=1770112509"},{"product_id":"fevi-kwik-203-20gm","title":"Fevi Kwik 203 Super Glue, Instant Bond, 20gm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Fevi Kwik 203 Super Glue used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 Super Glue\u003c\/strong\u003e is an \u003cstrong\u003einstant bond cyanoacrylate adhesive\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003equick bonding of plastic, rubber, metal, wood, and ceramics\u003c\/strong\u003e with fast-setting formula in a convenient 20gm tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Instant Bond Cyanoacrylate Adhesive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20gm tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetting Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast-setting instant bond\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic, rubber, metal, wood, ceramics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick repairs and bonding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 Super Glue\u003c\/strong\u003e is an instant bond cyanoacrylate adhesive manufactured by Pidilite, engineered for quick bonding of plastic, rubber, metal, wood, and ceramics. The fast-setting formula provides strong, durable bonds within seconds, making it ideal for quick repairs and assembly work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe convenient 20gm tube size is perfect for household repairs, DIY projects, and professional applications. Fevi Kwik 203 offers reliable bonding strength for various materials, making it an essential adhesive for homes, workshops, and businesses in Bangalore requiring instant bonding solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eInstant Bond Cyanoacrylate Super Glue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e20gm tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSetting Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFast-setting instant bond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePlastic, rubber, metal, wood, ceramics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousehold Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick fixes for broken plastic items, ceramics, and household objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for craft projects, model building, and hobby applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber Bonding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Effective for bonding rubber materials and gaskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick bonding of small metal parts and components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for small wood repairs and assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reliable adhesive for workshops and professional applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean and dry surfaces thoroughly; remove grease, dust, or contaminants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply small amount of Fevi Kwik to one surface only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBonding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press surfaces together immediately and hold for 10-30 seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow 24 hours for full cure before subjecting to stress or load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in cool, dry place with cap tightly closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How fast does Fevi Kwik 203 bond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 bonds within 10-30 seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e when surfaces are pressed together. However, \u003cstrong\u003efull cure takes 24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e to achieve maximum strength. The instant bond allows for \u003cstrong\u003equick repairs without long waiting times\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What materials can I bond with Fevi Kwik 203?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 bonds plastic, rubber, metal, wood, and ceramics\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's \u003cstrong\u003eversatile for various household and professional applications\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003equick repairs of different materials\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Can I use Fevi Kwik for plastic repairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 is excellent for plastic repairs\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides \u003cstrong\u003estrong bonding for most plastic types\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003efixing broken plastic items, toys, and household objects\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Is Fevi Kwik waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 provides water-resistant bonding once fully cured\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, for \u003cstrong\u003eapplications requiring constant water immersion\u003c\/strong\u003e, consider using specialized waterproof adhesives for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How much adhesive should I apply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply \u003cstrong\u003esmall amount only - a little goes a long way\u003c\/strong\u003e with super glue. \u003cstrong\u003eExcess adhesive won't improve bond strength\u003c\/strong\u003e and may cause messy application. Use \u003cstrong\u003eone small drop per square inch\u003c\/strong\u003e of bonding area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can I use Fevi Kwik for metal bonding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eFevi Kwik 203 bonds metal surfaces effectively\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's ideal for \u003cstrong\u003esmall metal repairs and component assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing \u003cstrong\u003equick, strong bonds for metal-to-metal or metal-to-other materials\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) How do I store Fevi Kwik after opening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStore in cool, dry place with cap tightly closed\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ensure \u003cstrong\u003enozzle is clean before closing\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent clogging. Proper storage extends \u003cstrong\u003eshelf life and maintains adhesive effectiveness\u003c\/strong\u003e for future use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Fevi Kwik Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Pidilite products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All adhesive within optimal shelf life for maximum bonding performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50540130337083,"sku":"GEN-FEVIKWIK-203-20","price":55.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/1_Fevikwik_203_20g_main_image_a2f0d7af-13df-49c5-a0a6-938cbd0f8d50.webp?v=1775710947"},{"product_id":"wd-40-multi-purpose-spray-420ml","title":"WD 40 Multi Purpose Spray, 420 ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is WD-40 Multi Purpose Spray used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 Multi Purpose Spray\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003eversatile lubricant, penetrant, and protectant\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003eloosening rusted parts, displacing moisture, and protecting metal\u003c\/strong\u003e with 420ml spray can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi-Purpose Lubricant \u0026amp; Penetrant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 420ml spray can\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lubricates, penetrates, protects, displaces moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Automotive, household, industrial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Versatile spray formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 Multi Purpose Spray\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile lubricant, penetrant, and protectant engineered for loosening rusted parts, displacing moisture, and protecting metal surfaces. The multi-purpose formula provides five functions in one: lubricates, penetrates, protects, displaces moisture, and cleans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for automotive maintenance, household repairs, and industrial applications, WD-40 is an essential product for workshops, garages, and homes in Bangalore. The convenient 420ml spray can provides easy application for various maintenance and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMulti-Purpose Lubricant \u0026amp; Penetrant Spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e420ml spray can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLubricates, penetrates, protects, displaces moisture, cleans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAutomotive, household, industrial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoosening Rusted Parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Penetrates rust to free stuck bolts, nuts, and components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture Displacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Displaces water from electrical systems and metal surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lubricates hinges, locks, chains, and moving parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protects metal surfaces from rust and corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Removes grease, grime, and adhesive residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential for vehicle maintenance and repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShake Well:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shake can before use for proper mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spray WD-40 directly onto target area from 6-8 inches away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePenetration:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rusted parts, allow time for penetration before attempting to loosen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWiping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe excess with clean cloth if needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in cool, dry place away from heat and flame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What are the five functions of WD-40?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 lubricates moving parts, penetrates rust, protects metal from corrosion, displaces moisture, and cleans surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e. This \u003cstrong\u003eversatility makes it essential for automotive, household, and industrial applications\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Can WD-40 loosen rusted bolts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 is excellent for loosening rusted bolts and nuts\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003epenetrating formula works into rust and corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it easier to \u003cstrong\u003efree stuck fasteners\u003c\/strong\u003e. Allow time for penetration before applying force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Is WD-40 safe for electrical components?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 can displace moisture from electrical systems\u003c\/strong\u003e and is \u003cstrong\u003esafe for most electrical components\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's commonly used to \u003cstrong\u003edry out wet ignition systems and protect electrical connections\u003c\/strong\u003e from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I use WD-40 as a lubricant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 provides light lubrication for hinges, locks, chains, and moving parts\u003c\/strong\u003e. However, for \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty or long-term lubrication\u003c\/strong\u003e, consider using specialized lubricants designed for specific applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Does WD-40 prevent rust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 protects metal surfaces from rust and corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e by \u003cstrong\u003ecreating a protective barrier against moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's ideal for \u003cstrong\u003eprotecting tools, equipment, and metal surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e in humid environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can WD-40 remove adhesive residue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 effectively removes adhesive residue, sticker glue, and gum\u003c\/strong\u003e. Spray on the residue, \u003cstrong\u003eallow it to penetrate, then wipe clean\u003c\/strong\u003e with a cloth for easy removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Is WD-40 flammable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eWD-40 is flammable\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eKeep away from heat, sparks, and open flames\u003c\/strong\u003e. Use in well-ventilated areas and \u003cstrong\u003estore in cool, dry location\u003c\/strong\u003e away from ignition sources. Follow all safety warnings on the can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic WD-40 Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All products within optimal shelf life for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50541760708923,"sku":"GEN-WD-40-420ML","price":360.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/WD_40_Multi_Purpose_Spray_420_ml.webp?v=1770112618"},{"product_id":"futura-sinks-for-kitchens","title":"Futura Sinks For Kitchens","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Futura Dura Kitchen Sink used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFutura Dura Kitchen Sink\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003epremium SS304 stainless steel sink with satin finish\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003emodern kitchen installations\u003c\/strong\u003e available in single bowl (18×16×8, 24×18×8) and double bowl (37×18×8) configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Futura\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Grade 304 (18\/8)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfigurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single Bowl and Double Bowl options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches (all models)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFutura Dura Kitchen Sink\u003c\/strong\u003e combines premium quality with functional design, crafted from high-grade SS304 stainless steel (18\/8) for exceptional durability and corrosion resistance. The satin finish provides a sophisticated, fingerprint-resistant surface that maintains its elegant appearance with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in three configurations to suit different kitchen layouts: compact 18×16 inch single bowl, spacious 24×18 inch single bowl, and versatile 37×18 inch double bowl. All models feature 8-inch depth for ample washing space and come with drainer waste for efficient water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eOverall Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eBowl Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eCabinet Size (Min.)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Bowl Small\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e18″ × 16″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e16″ × 14″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e20″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Bowl Large\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e24″ × 18″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e22″ × 16″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e26″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e37″ × 18″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e15″ × 16″ each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e18″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 10px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Grade 304 (18\/8)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin (Fingerprint-resistant)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Kitchen Installations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for contemporary and modern kitchen designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for apartments, villas, and independent homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for restaurants, cafes, and food preparation areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtility Areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for pantries, wet kitchens, and washing zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenovation Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent upgrade for kitchen remodeling and refurbishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure Countertop Opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify cutout dimensions match sink overall size (18×16, 24×18, or 37×18 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Installation Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure countertop is level and cutout edges are smooth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply Sealant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply waterproof sealant around the cutout edge before placing sink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Sink and Fittings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Position sink, secure with clips, connect drainer waste and faucet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest for Leaks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Run water to check all connections and seal integrity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the difference between single bowl and double bowl sinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle bowl sinks (18×16 or 24×18)\u003c\/strong\u003e offer one large washing area, ideal for washing large pots and pans. \u003cstrong\u003eDouble bowl sinks (37×18)\u003c\/strong\u003e have two separate bowls for multitasking—washing in one, rinsing in the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What does SS304 Grade (18\/8) mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSS304 is premium food-grade stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e with 18% chromium and 8% nickel, offering excellent corrosion resistance, durability, and hygiene for kitchen use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What is a satin finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esatin finish is a brushed, matte surface\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists fingerprints and water spots better than polished finishes, making it easier to maintain and clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What size sink should I choose for my kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003ecompact kitchens, choose 18×16 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003estandard kitchens, 24×18 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal. For \u003cstrong\u003elarger kitchens or multitasking needs, choose 37×18 inch double bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is the drainer waste included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, each sink comes with a \u003cstrong\u003edrainer waste\u003c\/strong\u003e (20″, 26″, or 18″ depending on model) for efficient water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Futura Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium SS304 Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Food-grade stainless steel with satin finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Dura 18×16×8","offer_id":50599432651067,"sku":"FUT-DURA-18-16-8","price":3996.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dura 24×18×8","offer_id":50599432683835,"sku":"FUT-DURA-24-18-8","price":5880.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dura 37×18×8 (Single Bowl With Drain Board)","offer_id":50599432716603,"sku":"FS-DURA-37IN","price":7772.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Dura-18x16x8.webp?v=1758551685"},{"product_id":"jon-bhandari-tools-two-way-mallet-hammer-dual-head-soft-face-with-rubber-nylon-head","title":"Jon Bhandari Two-Way Soft-Face Mallet","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jon Bhandari Tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-Way Mallet Hammer - Dual Head Soft Face\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber and nylon (35mm face diameter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Head Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240mm (approx. 9.4 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong wooden handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable shock-absorbing TPR grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 425 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1x Two-Way Mallet Hammer 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 10 x 5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bending, forming, shaping, and flattening metal - tile setting, panel alignment, and surface work without marring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJon Bhandari Two-Way Mallet Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a dual-head soft-face mallet with a \u003cstrong\u003e35mm rubber head\u003c\/strong\u003e on one side and a \u003cstrong\u003e35mm nylon head\u003c\/strong\u003e on the other, mounted on a strong wooden handle with a shock-absorbing TPR grip. The handle is 240mm long (approximately 9.4 inches) and the total mallet weight is 425g - a compact, well-balanced tool suited to both bench work and on-site use. The two-head design gives the user a choice of impact hardness for the task at hand: the rubber head for softer, more cushioned strikes, and the nylon head for firmer impacts - both leaving no marks or damage on the struck surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary design purpose of this mallet is \u003cstrong\u003ebending, forming, shaping, and flattening metal\u003c\/strong\u003e without leaving unwanted marks on the surface - a task where a steel hammer would deform or dent the workpiece. It is equally effective for tile setting, panel and cabinet alignment, laminate and engineered flooring installation, and any assembly or installation task where a non-marring strike is required. The 90mm head width distributes the strike force across a wider contact area, reducing the risk of point-load damage on tiles, panels, or finished surfaces. The wooden handle absorbs vibration and the TPR grip reduces hand fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual rubber and nylon heads (35mm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber for soft cushioned strikes, nylon for firmer impacts - both non-marring on metal, tile, and finished surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90mm head width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide contact face distributes force evenly - reduces point-load damage risk on tiles and panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong wooden handle (240mm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Absorbs vibration and provides a comfortable, balanced grip for extended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShock-absorbing TPR grip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reduces hand fatigue and improves control during repeated strikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-marring strikes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shapes, bends, and forms metal without dents or marks - essential for metalwork, tile setting, and cabinet alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eJon Bhandari Tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDual-Head Soft-Face Mallet Hammer\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHead Types\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRubber and nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFace Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Head Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e240mm (approx. 9.4 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eStrong wooden handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eShock-absorbing TPR grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e425 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1x Two-Way Mallet Hammer 35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e30 x 10 x 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- USAGE GUIDELINES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the correct head:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the rubber head for softer, more cushioned strikes on delicate surfaces - tiles, finished wood, or soft metal. Use the nylon head for firmer impacts where more force is needed while still preventing surface marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip and stance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold the TPR grip firmly with a relaxed wrist - the shock-absorbing grip reduces vibration feedback. The 240mm handle provides comfortable leverage without excessive swing arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal forming and shaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strike the workpiece with progressive, controlled blows rather than single heavy impacts - build up the shape gradually to maintain control over the deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTile setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use to tap tiles evenly into adhesive mortar - work from the centre outward to ensure full adhesive coverage and consistent bed depth across the tile face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the rubber and nylon heads after use to remove adhesive, grout, or debris. Store in a dry location - prolonged exposure to moisture can degrade the rubber head over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere the Jon Bhandari Two-Way Mallet fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal bending, forming, and shaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e The primary design purpose - shaping and flattening sheet metal, metal profiles, and fabricated components without leaving dents or hammer marks on the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTile setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tapping tiles into adhesive mortar for proper seating and full adhesive coverage without cracking or chipping the tile face\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePanel and cabinet alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjusting wood panels, cabinet carcasses, and modular furniture components into position without surface damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLaminate and engineered flooring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tapping floor planks together at joints without damaging edges or surface finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrim and moulding installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Installing timber trim and architraves without denting or marking the finished surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any bench or site assembly task requiring a controlled, non-marring strike\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Jon Bhandari Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine product from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e All tools in optimal condition for immediate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) When should I use the rubber head versus the nylon head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the \u003cstrong\u003erubber head\u003c\/strong\u003e for softer, more cushioned strikes - delicate tile surfaces, finished wood, thin sheet metal, or any surface where even the nylon head may leave a mark. Use the \u003cstrong\u003enylon head\u003c\/strong\u003e for firmer impacts where more striking force is needed - seating stubborn tiles into thick adhesive, driving wooden joints together, or forming thicker metal sections that need more force. Both heads are non-marring compared to a steel hammer, but the rubber head is the gentler of the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Is this mallet suitable for metalwork, or only for tile and flooring?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetalwork is the \u003cstrong\u003eprimary design purpose\u003c\/strong\u003e of this mallet - it is specifically engineered for bending, forming, shaping, and flattening metal without leaving unwanted dents or hammer marks on the surface. Sheet metal workers, fabricators, and metalworking tradespeople use soft-face mallets to shape metal precisely without the surface damage that a steel hammer causes. Tile setting and flooring installation are equally valid applications, but the tool was designed first for non-marring metal forming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Why is the handle only 240mm - is that not quite short?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 240mm (approx. 9.4 inches) handle is the correct length for a \u003cstrong\u003eprecision striking tool\u003c\/strong\u003e - it provides close control over strike placement and force, which is what metalwork and tile setting require. A longer handle gives more swing momentum for heavy demolition work but reduces precision. For shaping metal and setting tiles, you want controlled, accurate taps rather than heavy blows - the 240mm handle is optimised for this type of work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Will the rubber head degrade over time with regular use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rubber head will wear gradually with regular use - this is normal and expected for a soft-face striking tool. The rate of wear depends on the hardness of the surfaces being struck and the force used. Clean the heads after each use to remove adhesive, grout, and debris, and store in a dry location - prolonged moisture exposure accelerates rubber degradation. When the rubber face becomes significantly worn, flattened, or cracked, the head can be replaced to restore the tool's performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can I use this mallet for laminate flooring installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the soft-face mallet is the standard tool for tapping laminate and engineered flooring planks together at their tongue-and-groove joints. Use a \u003cstrong\u003etapping block\u003c\/strong\u003e between the mallet and the plank edge to distribute the force evenly across the full joint length - striking the plank edge directly, even with a soft-face mallet, can damage the locking profile of the laminate. The rubber head is the recommended side for flooring work as it distributes force more softly than the nylon head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis product is non-returnable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003ejon bhandari two way mallet hammer dual head soft face rubber nylon 35mm 240mm tile setting mallet metal forming mallet bangalore tools non-marring mallet\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50647006085435,"sku":"GEN-BAN-MLT","price":180.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/1_Jon_Bhandari_Two-Way_Soft-Face_Mallet_front.webp?v=1780308987"},{"product_id":"power-metal-paste-900gm","title":"Metal Paste with Hardener, 900gm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Metal Paste used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003emetal repair compound\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003efilling, repairing, and rebuilding metal surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e with high-strength bonding and resistance to heat, water, and chemicals, 900gm container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal Repair Compound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900gm container with hardener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filling, repairing, rebuilding metal surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProperties:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-strength, heat-resistant, water-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, water, chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-strength metal repair compound engineered for filling, repairing, and rebuilding metal surfaces. The advanced formulation provides excellent bonding to metal with resistance to heat, water, and chemicals, making it ideal for demanding repair applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for automotive repairs, machinery maintenance, and industrial applications, Power Metal Paste offers durable, long-lasting repairs for metal components. The 900gm container provides sufficient quantity for multiple repairs in workshops, garages, and industrial facilities in Bangalore requiring professional-grade metal repair solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMetal Repair Compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e900gm metal paste with separate a hardener container\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProperties\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-strength bonding, heat-resistant, water-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHeat, water, chemicals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill cracks, holes, and damaged areas in engine blocks and metal parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachinery Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Repair worn or damaged machinery components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebuild metal surfaces in industrial equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill gaps and imperfections in metal fabrication work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlumbing Repairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Temporary or permanent repairs for metal pipes and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkshop Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential repair compound for workshops and garages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean and roughen metal surface; remove rust, grease, and contaminants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix compound thoroughly according to manufacturer's instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply Power Metal Paste to damaged area using putty knife or spatula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shape and smooth compound before it sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allow proper curing time before sanding, drilling, or machining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is Metal Paste used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste is used for filling cracks, holes, and damaged areas in metal surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's ideal for \u003cstrong\u003eautomotive repairs, machinery maintenance, and rebuilding worn metal components\u003c\/strong\u003e with high-strength, durable bonding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Can I use Metal Paste for automotive repairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste is excellent for automotive repairs\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can \u003cstrong\u003efill cracks in engine blocks, repair damaged metal parts, and rebuild worn components\u003c\/strong\u003e with heat and chemical resistance suitable for automotive applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Is Metal Paste heat-resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste is heat-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e once fully cured. It can \u003cstrong\u003ewithstand elevated temperatures\u003c\/strong\u003e making it suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eengine repairs and applications involving heat exposure\u003c\/strong\u003e. Check specifications for maximum temperature rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I drill or machine Metal Paste after curing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste can be drilled, tapped, sanded, and machined after full cure\u003c\/strong\u003e. This allows for \u003cstrong\u003eprecise finishing and threading\u003c\/strong\u003e of repaired areas, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003erebuilding functional metal components\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is Metal Paste waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste is water-resistant once fully cured\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides \u003cstrong\u003edurable repairs in wet environments\u003c\/strong\u003e and can be used for \u003cstrong\u003eplumbing repairs and applications exposed to moisture\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) How long does Metal Paste take to cure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCuring time varies based on \u003cstrong\u003etemperature and thickness of application\u003c\/strong\u003e. Typically, it \u003cstrong\u003esets within a few hours but requires 24 hours for full cure\u003c\/strong\u003e. Follow manufacturer's instructions for specific curing times before machining or loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Can I paint over Power Metal Paste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Paste can be painted after full cure\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eSand the surface smooth\u003c\/strong\u003e before painting for best results. The compound provides a \u003cstrong\u003estable base for paint adhesion\u003c\/strong\u003e on repaired metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Metal Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All repair compounds within optimal shelf life for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50647008313659,"sku":"GEN-POW-MET","price":130.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/Untitled-1_metal_paste.webp?v=1777102435"},{"product_id":"myk-laticrete-notch-trowel","title":"MYK Laticrete Notch Trowel","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e MYK Laticrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Notch Trowel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel blade with ergonomic handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Econ 4 (6x6mm square notch), Econ 7 (7x6mm rectangular notch), Econ 12 (12x12mm square notch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Consistent adhesive application for tile bonding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMYK Laticrete Notch Trowel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stainless steel trowel used to apply tile adhesive in a consistent, ridged pattern before laying tiles. Available in three variants - \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 4 (6mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 7 (7mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 12 (12mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e - each sized for a different tile format. The notch size determines how much adhesive is deposited: a 6mm notch for small tiles, 7mm for medium tiles, and 12mm for large-format tiles that need a thicker adhesive bed. When the tile is pressed down, the ridges collapse to give full coverage underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse the flat side first to spread adhesive across the surface, then comb through it at a 45-degree angle with the notched edge to create the ridges. Stainless steel construction resists corrosion and is easy to clean - rinse immediately after use before the adhesive sets. Compatible with all standard tile adhesive mortars including MYK Laticrete range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMYK Laticrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eNotch Trowel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eStainless steel blade with ergonomic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVariants\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEcon 4 (6x6mm), Econ 7 (7x6mm), Econ 12 (12x12mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- VARIANT SELECTION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Variant Should I Order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 15px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd; table-layout: fixed;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 20%;\"\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 30%;\"\u003eNotch Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left; width: 50%;\"\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcon 4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e6x6mm square (paste gap 6mm, height 6mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSmall tiles up to 300mm - mosaic, kitchen backsplash, and bathroom wall tiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcon 7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e7x6mm rectangular (paste gap 7mm, height 6mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMedium tiles 300mm to 600mm - standard floor and wall tiles most commonly used in Indian homes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcon 12\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e12x12mm square (paste gap 12mm, height 12mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLarge-format tiles above 600mm - vitrified slabs, large marble, and full-body porcelain tiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 0.9em; color: #000000; margin: 5px 0 15px 0;\"\u003eNote: Actual blade measurements differ from package sizes to ensure correct adhesive ridges when troweled at a 45° angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the correct variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose Econ 4, 7, or 12 based on your tile size - see the selection guide above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpread the adhesive:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the flat side of the trowel to spread adhesive evenly across the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComb into ridges:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold the trowel at 45 degrees and drag the notched edge through the adhesive to create uniform ridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLay the tile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press the tile firmly onto the ridges - the ridges collapse under pressure to give full coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean immediately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rinse the trowel with water as soon as you finish - dried adhesive is difficult to remove and damages the notch edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere MYK Laticrete Notch Trowel fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloor tiling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading adhesive for floor tiles in kitchens, bathrooms, and living areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall tiling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applying adhesive on vertical surfaces for bathroom and kitchen wall tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge-format tile installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Econ 12 is essential for vitrified slabs and large porcelain tiles where a thicker adhesive bed is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional and DIY projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for both professional tile installers and home improvement tiling work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic MYK Laticrete Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine product from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three variants in stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Econ 4, Econ 7, and Econ 12 available\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) Which variant should I buy - Econ 4, Econ 7, or Econ 12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose based on your tile size. \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 4 (6mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e is for small tiles up to 300mm - mosaic, kitchen backsplash, and small bathroom wall tiles. \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 7 (7mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e is for medium tiles between 300mm and 600mm - the most commonly used size for standard Indian floor and wall tiles. \u003cstrong\u003eEcon 12 (12mm notch)\u003c\/strong\u003e is for large-format tiles above 600mm - vitrified slabs, large marble, and full-body porcelain. Using too small a notch on a large tile leaves insufficient adhesive and causes tile failure; using too large a notch on a small tile wastes adhesive and creates excess squeeze-out at the grout joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What do the notch size numbers mean - are they the depth or width of the notch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number refers to the \u003cstrong\u003enotch size in millimetres\u003c\/strong\u003e - which determines how much adhesive is deposited on the surface per ridge. A 6mm notch deposits a thin adhesive layer suitable for small, lightweight tiles; a 12mm notch deposits a much thicker layer needed to fully support and bond large, heavy tiles. The depth of the adhesive bed after the ridges collapse under the tile is approximately 65-70% of the notch height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Why do larger tiles need a bigger notch trowel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger tiles are heavier and have a bigger surface area - they need more adhesive to achieve full coverage underneath (minimum 80% contact area for floor tiles, 90% for wall tiles per IS standards). A small notch deposits too little adhesive for a large tile, leaving voids beneath the tile that cause hollow spots, cracking, and eventual failure - especially on floors under foot traffic. The Econ 12 ensures enough adhesive is applied for large-format tiles to bond fully and stay flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What is the correct angle to hold the trowel when combing the adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the trowel at \u003cstrong\u003e45 degrees\u003c\/strong\u003e to the surface when dragging the notched edge through the adhesive. This angle creates consistent notch depth across the full area. If you hold it at a steeper angle (closer to 90 degrees), the ridges are taller and you deposit more adhesive; at a shallower angle, the ridges are flatter and you deposit less. Keep the angle consistent throughout the area you are tiling for even coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How do I clean and maintain the trowel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse with water \u003cstrong\u003eimmediately after use\u003c\/strong\u003e - before the adhesive begins to set. A quick rinse takes seconds; removing dried adhesive takes much longer and risks damaging the notch edges. For partially dried adhesive, soak in water for 10-15 minutes then scrape off. Store in a dry place. Stainless steel resists rust under normal conditions, but consistent cleaning extends the sharpness of the notch edges and the life of the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis product is non-returnable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003eMYK laticrete notch trowel econ 4 econ 7 econ 12 tile trowel 4mm 7mm 12mm notch trowel stainless steel trowel bangalore tile adhesive trowel tiling tool\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Econ 4  (Notch Size: 6mm)","offer_id":50647119659323,"sku":"TIL-MYK-NOT-4MM","price":165.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Econ 7  (Notch Size: 7mm)","offer_id":50647119692091,"sku":"TIL-MYK-NOT-7MM","price":165.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Econ 12 (Notch Size: 12mm)","offer_id":50647119724859,"sku":"TIL-MYK-NOT-12MM","price":290.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/1_MYK_Laticrete_Notch_Trowel_front.webp?v=1780392631"},{"product_id":"tenax-epoxy-resin-mastice","title":"Tenax Polyester Marble Glue Mastic,1.35kg","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tenax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester Marble Glue Mastic (Liquido Paglierino)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-Component Polyester Resin Mastic (Liquid Form)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.35 kg (1.3 kg base + 50 g hardener)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paglierino (Ivory)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForm:\u003c\/strong\u003e Liquido - low-viscosity, self-leveling fluid variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixing Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 parts base to 2-3 parts hardener (approx. 3.8% catalyst by weight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 7 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSandable \/ Polishable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Within 1.5 to 2 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filling and gluing marble, granite, and natural stone - cracks, chips, and joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTenax Polyester Marble Glue Mastic (Liquido Paglierino)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-component polyester resin mastic specifically formulated for filling cracks, chips, and joints in marble, granite, and natural stone. The \u003cstrong\u003eLiquido\u003c\/strong\u003e designation indicates this is the low-viscosity, self-leveling fluid variant - it flows into fine cracks and hairline fractures under its own weight, making it the correct choice for crack filling in horizontal surfaces such as stone countertops and flooring where a thicker paste would not penetrate to the full crack depth. The \u003cstrong\u003ePaglierino (Ivory)\u003c\/strong\u003e colour is matched to beige, cream, and light-coloured marble and stone - it cures to a tone that blends with the surrounding material for a near-invisible repair when sanded and polished correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains \u003cstrong\u003e1.3 kg base and a 50 g hardener paste tube\u003c\/strong\u003e - mix at a ratio of 100 parts base to 2-3 parts hardener by weight (approximately 3.8% catalyst). Do not estimate this ratio - too much hardener causes premature gelling and a brittle, discoloured repair; too little results in incomplete curing and a soft, sticky surface. Working time after mixing is very short: \u003cstrong\u003egel time is 3 to 7 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e at ambient temperature, so mix only the quantity you can apply in that window. The cured mastic is sandable and polishable within \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 to 2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e - significantly faster than epoxy-based stone repair products, which is the primary practical advantage of polyester mastic for production stone fabrication environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiquido (fluid) form:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low-viscosity, self-leveling - flows into fine cracks and hairline fractures that a thicker paste cannot penetrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast turnaround:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gel time 3-7 minutes, sandable and polishable within 1.5-2 hours - suited to production stone fabrication where quick cycle times are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaglierino (Ivory) colour match:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formulated to match beige, cream, and light-coloured marble and stone for near-invisible repairs after sanding and polishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise mixing ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 parts base to 2-3 parts hardener - the included 50g hardener tube is sized for the 1.3kg base at the correct 3.8% catalyst ratio\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used by stone fabricators, countertop installers, and restoration specialists for crack filling, chip repair, and joint filling on marble and granite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n        \u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eTenax\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eTwo-Component Polyester Resin Mastic (Liquid Form)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLiquido - low-viscosity, self-leveling fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePaglierino (Ivory)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e1.35 kg total (1.3 kg base + 50 g hardener paste)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing Ratio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e100 parts base to 2-3 parts hardener (approx. 3.8% catalyst by weight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGel Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 to 7 minutes at ambient temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSandable \/ Polishable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWithin 1.5 to 2 hours after application\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n        \u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eCrack filling, chip repair, joint filling in marble, granite, and natural stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- IMPORTANT - MIXING WARNING --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCritical - Mixing Ratio and Working Time\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #e3f2fd; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #1aa4ef; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eRead before mixing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix ratio is critical:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use exactly 100 parts base to 2-3 parts hardener by weight (3.8% catalyst). The included 50g hardener tube is sized for the full 1.3kg base at this ratio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToo much hardener:\u003c\/strong\u003e Causes premature gelling, a brittle repair, and discolouration - the cured joint will not match the stone colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToo little hardener:\u003c\/strong\u003e Results in incomplete curing - the mastic stays soft and sticky and will not sand or polish cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel time is 3 to 7 minutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix only the quantity you can apply and level within this window. Do not mix large batches - split into small working portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature affects gel time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Higher ambient temperature shortens the working window further. In hot conditions, work in smaller batches and apply immediately after mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- USAGE GUIDELINES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eStep-by-Step Application\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the crack or damaged area thoroughly - remove loose material, dust, and debris. The surface must be dry and free of grease or stone polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure and mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Weigh out the required base quantity and add 2-3% hardener paste by weight. Mix thoroughly for a uniform colour and consistency - unmixed streaks indicate incomplete blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply immediately:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pour or apply the mixed mastic into the crack or damaged area within the 3-7 minute gel window - overfill slightly above the stone surface to allow for shrinkage during curing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllow to cure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave undisturbed until the mastic has fully hardened - do not attempt to sand or work the surface during the gel and initial cure phase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSand and polish:\u003c\/strong\u003e After 1.5 to 2 hours, sand the cured mastic flush with the surrounding stone surface, then polish progressively through grits to match the stone's original finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere Tenax Polyester Marble Glue Mastic fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarble crack and chip repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filling hairline cracks, chips, and surface damage in marble countertops, floors, and wall cladding - the Liquido form flows into fine cracks that paste variants cannot reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStone countertop restoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Repairing damage on marble and granite countertops in kitchens and bathrooms - fast polish-ready cure suits production environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStone fabrication and installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used by stone fabricators and countertop installers during the fabrication process to fill voids, reinforce fragile slabs, and complete joint repairs before delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural stone flooring repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Filling cracks and joints in marble and stone floor tiles - the self-leveling fluid form suits horizontal surface applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight-coloured stone restoration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paglierino (Ivory) colour suits beige, cream, and ivory-toned marble and stone where a colour-matched repair is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Tenax Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine product from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e All product within optimal shelf life for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the difference between Liquido and Paglierino - are these two different products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquido\u003c\/strong\u003e refers to the viscosity form - this is the low-viscosity, self-leveling fluid variant as opposed to the thicker paste (Pasta) form. \u003cstrong\u003ePaglierino\u003c\/strong\u003e refers to the colour - Ivory, matched to beige and cream-toned marble and stone. This product is the Liquido form in the Paglierino colour - a fluid, self-leveling ivory mastic. If your stone is white rather than ivory or beige, the Bianco 2 (Ultra White) colour variant would be a closer match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e2) The gel time is only 3-7 minutes - how do I work with such a short window?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix only small batches - enough to fill one crack or one repair area at a time. Do not mix the full kit at once. Have the crack cleaned, the area prepared, and your applicator ready before you begin mixing - start the application as soon as the mix is uniform. In hot ambient conditions (above 25-30 degrees C), the gel time shortens further - work in even smaller batches and apply immediately after mixing. This fast gel time is the product's advantage in production environments, not a limitation once you adapt your working method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e3) How exactly do I measure the 3.8% hardener ratio?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a small digital kitchen or postal scale. For every 100g of base you measure out, add 2-3g of hardener paste - that is 2-3% by weight. The included 50g hardener tube is sized to catalyst the full 1.3kg base at this ratio. For smaller batches: 50g base needs approximately 1.5g hardener; 100g base needs 2-3g hardener. Do not estimate by eye - an incorrect ratio produces either a brittle, discoloured repair (too much hardener) or a soft, uncured surface (too little).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I use this for granite, or only marble?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the mastic bonds to marble, granite, and most natural stone types. The colour matching (Paglierino Ivory) is most effective on light-coloured marble and beige granite. For darker granite colours, the Ivory tone may be visible in the repaired area after polishing - for dark stone, a colour-matched pigment can be blended into the base before adding hardener to improve the match. Confirm the colour match by testing on a scrap piece or hidden area before applying to the visible surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How long before I can sand and polish after application?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mastic is sandable and polishable within \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 to 2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e at normal ambient temperature (approximately 20-25 degrees C). Warmer conditions accelerate the cure; cooler conditions slow it. Test hardness before sanding - press a fingernail firmly into the cured surface; if it leaves a mark, wait longer. Sand progressively from coarse to fine grits, then polish to match the surrounding stone finish. Attempting to sand before full hardness causes the mastic to smear rather than cut cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis product is non-returnable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003etenax polyester marble glue mastic liquido paglierino ivory 1.35kg stone repair crack filler marble repair granite repair bangalore stone fabrication polyester mastic two component\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Solido \/ Paglierino (Ivory)","offer_id":50654412243259,"sku":"TIL-MAS-SOL-IVY-135","price":650.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solido \/ Bianco 2(Ultra White)","offer_id":50654412276027,"sku":"TIL-MAS-SOL-WHT-135","price":660.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Liquido \/ Paglierino (Ivory)","offer_id":50654412308795,"sku":"TIL-MAS-LIQ-IVY-135","price":650.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Liquido \/ Bianco 2(Ultra White)","offer_id":50654412341563,"sku":"TIL-MAS-LIQ-WHT-135","price":660.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/1_Tenax_mastic_front.webp?v=1780304766"},{"product_id":"ebco-pro-lift-cabinet-gas-pump-set-1","title":"Ebco Pro Lift Cabinet Gas Pump, 20 Kg, Regular Close, PLC-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Ebco Pro Lift Cabinet Gas Pump used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pro Lift Cabinet Gas Pump PLC-20\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003ehydraulic gas spring lift-up mechanism with 200N force\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for \u003cstrong\u003esmooth, controlled opening of overhead kitchen cabinets\u003c\/strong\u003e supporting doors up to 20kg with soft-close functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e EBCO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e PLC-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForce Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200N (Newton)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20Kg maximum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 months manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEbco Pro Lift Cabinet Gas Pump PLC-20\u003c\/strong\u003e provides effortless overhead cabinet access with premium gas spring technology. The 200N hydraulic mechanism ensures smooth, controlled lift-up operation with soft-close function that prevents slamming and protects your cabinet structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis complete installation kit supports cabinet doors up to 20kg and holds them at any angle for convenient access. The corrosion-resistant construction withstands kitchen humidity and heat, while the silver finish complements contemporary kitchen designs. Perfect for modular kitchens, wardrobes, and commercial installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eEBCO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePLC-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHydraulic Gas Pump Lift-Up System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForce Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e200N (Newton)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e20Kg maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSilver powder-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-grade steel with hydraulic damper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eUp to 90-100 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e12 months manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PACKAGE CONTENTS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Package Includes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Hydraulic Gas Pump Unit (200N, 20Kg capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Brackets (Left and Right)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation Clips for secure attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixing Screws and hardware kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation Instructions with mounting guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverhead Kitchen Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for wall-mounted upper cabinets in modular kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAppliance Garages:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for lift-up doors concealing microwaves and small appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWardrobe Top Boxes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for upper storage compartments in wardrobes and closets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Kitchens:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for restaurant and hotel cabinet installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtility Cabinets:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for laundry room and storage area overhead units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure Cabinet Door Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure door weight does not exceed 20Kg maximum capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMark Mounting Positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mark bracket positions on cabinet frame and door according to instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Bottom Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach bottom bracket to cabinet base using provided screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Top Bracket:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fix top bracket to cabinet door at marked position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest and Adjust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test opening and closing motion, adjust bracket positions for optimal performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #e8f5e8; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse one set of gas pumps for cabinet doors up to 600mm width. For wider doors (600-900mm), install \u003cstrong\u003etwo sets\u003c\/strong\u003e for balanced lifting and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fee2e2; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #c40a0a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Safety Notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo not exceed \u003cstrong\u003e20Kg weight capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ensure proper installation by qualified professionals for warranty validity. Check door weight before purchase to select appropriate force rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the maximum door weight this gas pump can support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gas pump supports cabinet doors up to \u003cstrong\u003e20Kg maximum weight\u003c\/strong\u003e. Exceeding this limit may cause malfunction and void the warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How many gas pumps do I need for my cabinet door?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor doors up to \u003cstrong\u003e600mm width, use one set\u003c\/strong\u003e. For wider doors (600-900mm), install \u003cstrong\u003etwo sets\u003c\/strong\u003e for balanced operation and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Does this have soft-close functionality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the \u003cstrong\u003ehydraulic mechanism provides soft-close function\u003c\/strong\u003e that prevents slamming and protects your cabinet structure from damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) What is the warranty coverage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a \u003cstrong\u003e12-month manufacturer warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e against manufacturing defects. Professional installation is recommended for warranty validity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Can this be used for wardrobe cabinets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this gas pump works perfectly for \u003cstrong\u003ewardrobe top boxes, overhead storage compartments\u003c\/strong\u003e, and any lift-up cabinet door application within the 20Kg weight limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic EBCO Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Installation Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e All brackets, clips, and hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50668500025659,"sku":"EBCO-PLC-20","price":237.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/ebco-20-kg-hydraulic-lift-up-1.jpg?v=1761115301"},{"product_id":"supreme-duraprotector-floor-protection-sheet","title":"Supreme Duraprotector-xf Floor Protection Sheet - 2mm Thick Heavy-Duty Protective Covering","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Supreme Duraprotector-xf used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupreme Duraprotector-xf Floor Protection Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e2mm heavy-duty protective covering\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to \u003cstrong\u003eprotect floors during construction, renovation, and painting\u003c\/strong\u003e from scratches, spills, and damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-Duty Floor Protection Sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect floors during construction and renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtection Against:\u003c\/strong\u003e Scratches, spills, paint, damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Construction, renovation, painting projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2mm heavy-duty protective covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 400 sq ft roll; 4ft height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupreme Duraprotector-xf Floor Protection Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy-duty protective covering engineered to protect floors during construction, renovation, and painting projects. The durable material shields floors from scratches, spills, paint drops, and damage caused by tools, equipment, and foot traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for protecting finished floors, tiles, hardwood, and other flooring materials during work, Supreme Duraprotector-xf provides reliable protection for residential and commercial projects. Essential for contractors, painters, and homeowners in Bangalore undertaking renovation or construction work requiring floor protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Floor Protection Sheet, 2mm Thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFloor protection during construction and renovation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtection Against\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eScratches, spills, paint, damage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHeavy-duty protective material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect floors during construction and building work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenovation Work:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shield finished floors during home renovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePainting Projects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevent paint spills and drops on floors during painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoving \u0026amp; Relocation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect floors when moving furniture and heavy items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTile \u0026amp; Flooring Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cover adjacent areas during flooring work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Essential for contractors, painters, and builders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean floor surface before laying protection sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnrolling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unroll Duraprotector-xf sheet over floor area to be protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecuring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Secure edges with tape if needed to prevent shifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverlapping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Overlap sheets by 6-12 inches for complete coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoval:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove carefully after work completion; dispose or reuse as appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What types of floors can I protect with Duraprotector-xf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuraprotector-xf protects all floor types\u003c\/strong\u003e including \u003cstrong\u003etiles, hardwood, laminate, vinyl, marble, and concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's suitable for \u003cstrong\u003eprotecting finished floors during construction, renovation, or painting\u003c\/strong\u003e work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Is Duraprotector-xf reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuraprotector-xf can be reused\u003c\/strong\u003e if handled carefully and not damaged during use. The \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty material withstands multiple uses\u003c\/strong\u003e when properly stored and maintained, making it \u003cstrong\u003ecost-effective for multiple projects\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Does it protect against paint spills?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eDuraprotector-xf protects floors from paint spills and drops\u003c\/strong\u003e. The protective material \u003cstrong\u003eprevents paint from reaching the floor surface\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003epainting projects and renovation work\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can I use this for moving furniture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eDuraprotector-xf is suitable for protecting floors during moving\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty material shields floors from scratches and damage\u003c\/strong\u003e caused by \u003cstrong\u003emoving furniture, appliances, and heavy items\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) How do I secure the protection sheet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure edges with painter's tape or masking tape\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent the sheet from shifting during work. For \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-traffic areas, use additional tape\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure the protection sheet stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Is it slip-resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck product specifications for slip-resistance features\u003c\/strong\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003esafety on smooth floors\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensure the sheet is properly secured and consider using \u003cstrong\u003enon-slip backing or additional securing methods\u003c\/strong\u003e in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) Can I cut the sheet to size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, \u003cstrong\u003eDuraprotector-xf can be cut to fit specific areas\u003c\/strong\u003e using scissors or a utility knife. This allows for \u003cstrong\u003ecustom coverage of different floor areas\u003c\/strong\u003e and efficient use of the protection sheet material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Supreme Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine products from authorized distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Stock Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e All products within optimal condition for maximum performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once opened or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50674073567547,"sku":"GEN-DURA-FLR-39M","price":3500.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/IMG_20260518_131139_Supreme_Duraprotector-xf_Floor_Protection_Sheet.webp?v=1779259720"},{"product_id":"generic-chicken-wire-mesh-20-gauge-2-kg-3-feet-height","title":"Generic Chicken Wire Mesh, 20 Gauge, 14 Metre, 3 Feet Height","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is Chicken Wire Mesh used for in construction?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneric Chicken Wire Mesh (Hexagonal Wire Netting)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e20-gauge galvanized steel mesh\u003c\/strong\u003e used in construction for \u003cstrong\u003eplaster reinforcement, wall crack prevention, and concrete screeding\u003c\/strong\u003e — and in agriculture for \u003cstrong\u003epoultry fencing and garden protection\u003c\/strong\u003e. Available as a \u003cstrong\u003e2 kg (14 metre) roll\u003c\/strong\u003e at 3 feet height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plaster reinforcement, crack prevention, fencing, and insulation cladding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Weight \/ Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg (14 metres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Feet (approx. 36 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGauge \/ Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 Gauge (0.8 mm – 0.9 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel — rust and corrosion resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMesh Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hexagonal Wire Netting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneric Chicken Wire Mesh (Hexagonal Wire Netting)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile, professional-grade galvanized steel mesh widely used by masons, contractors, and builders across Bangalore for \u003cstrong\u003eplaster reinforcement, wall crack prevention, concrete screeding, and boundary fencing\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its hexagonal pattern distributes stress evenly across the plastered surface, significantly reducing the risk of shrinkage cracks in new construction and renovation projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e20 gauge (0.8 mm – 0.9 mm thickness)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the mesh provides the ideal balance of strength and flexibility — strong enough to reinforce plaster and mortar layers, yet easy to cut, shape, and fix to masonry, brick, AAC block, and concrete surfaces. The \u003cstrong\u003egalvanized coating\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures long-term corrosion and rust resistance even in Bangalore's humid monsoon conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach roll contains \u003cstrong\u003e14 metres of mesh at 3-foot (36-inch) height\u003c\/strong\u003e — well suited for small-to-mid residential repairs, pillar reinforcement, column-to-wall junctions, and agricultural fencing projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-quality galvanized steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMesh Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHexagonal Wire Netting (Chicken Wire)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3 Feet \/ 36 inches (Standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGauge \/ Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e20 Gauge (0.8 mm – 0.9 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e14 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eGalvanized — rust and corrosion resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePlaster reinforcement, wall crack prevention, concrete screeding, fencing, insulation cladding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlaster Reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents shrinkage cracks in wall and ceiling plastering for new construction and renovation — the most common use on Bangalore construction sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAAC Block \u0026amp; Brick Junction Reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bridges the interface between dissimilar materials (brick, AAC block, RCC column) where differential movement causes cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcrete Screeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adds tensile reinforcement to thin floor screed and topping layers to improve strength and prevent cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial Pipe \u0026amp; Boiler Insulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wraps around pipes, ducts, and boilers to hold insulation materials firmly in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBoundary \u0026amp; Poultry Fencing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cost-effective perimeter fencing for residential plots, agricultural land, and poultry enclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden \u0026amp; Landscape Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protective barriers around plants, saplings, and garden beds against animals and pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure and Cut:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure the required area and use wire snips or pliers to cut the mesh to the desired length. Wear gloves — cut wire edges are sharp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e For plastering, ensure the brickwork or block surface is clean, free of dust and loose material, and lightly dampened before fixing the mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure the Mesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fix the mesh tightly to the surface using U-nails or staples spaced every 6–8 inches, ensuring no bulges or loose sections remain. For metal frames, use 20-gauge binding wire at multiple tie points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverlap Joins:\u003c\/strong\u003e When joining two sections cut from the roll, overlap edges by at least 1–2 inches (minimum 3 hexagonal cells) and tie securely to maintain continuous reinforcement strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply Plaster:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply the first coat of plaster directly over the fixed mesh, ensuring mortar fully penetrates the hexagonal gaps for a complete mechanical bond. Embed the mesh in the middle of the plaster layer — not at the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How much area does the 2 kg (14 metre) roll cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 kg roll provides \u003cstrong\u003e14 metres of mesh at 3-foot (36-inch) height\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving a total coverage area of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e4.2 sq. metres (roughly 45 sq. ft.)\u003c\/strong\u003e when laid flat. For wall plastering, this is well suited for small-to-mid residential repairs, column-to-wall junctions, pillar reinforcement, and short fencing runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) How do I fix chicken wire mesh to a wall for plastering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor masonry and brick walls, use \u003cstrong\u003eU-nails or steel staples spaced every 6–8 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, pulling the mesh taut to prevent bulging during plastering. For AAC block surfaces, pre-drill and use appropriate fasteners. For metal frames, use 20-gauge binding wire at multiple tie points. The mesh must be flat and fully in contact with the substrate before applying plaster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) Will the mesh rust if exposed to moisture during construction?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe galvanized coating provides strong corrosion resistance for normal construction exposure. However, \u003cstrong\u003ecut edges should be tucked inward\u003c\/strong\u003e wherever possible, and for highly humid environments, treat exposed cut ends with a zinc-rich cold galvanizing spray. Store the unused portion of the roll in a dry, covered area to preserve the factory finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can chicken wire mesh be used for structural concrete slabs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. \u003cstrong\u003eChicken wire mesh is for lightweight reinforcement\u003c\/strong\u003e — plastering, screeding, and fencing. For load-bearing structural concrete slabs, beams, or columns, use \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty welded wire fabric or TMT rebars\u003c\/strong\u003e, which are designed for high-tensile structural loads. Using chicken wire for structural applications is not recommended and unsafe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Why is my plaster still cracking even after fixing the mesh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon causes include: (1) \u003cstrong\u003eMesh not pulled tight\u003c\/strong\u003e — any slack causes the mesh to shift during plastering; (2) \u003cstrong\u003eInsufficient overlap at joins\u003c\/strong\u003e — minimum 2-inch overlap required; (3) \u003cstrong\u003eMesh placed too close to the surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — it must be embedded in the middle of the plaster layer, not near the face; (4) \u003cstrong\u003ePlaster mix too dry or applied too thick\u003c\/strong\u003e in a single coat without allowing intermediate curing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Can I join two cut sections from the same roll for a longer run?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Overlap the ends by at least \u003cstrong\u003e3 hexagonal cells\u003c\/strong\u003e and use pliers to twist the wire ends of one section around the adjacent wires of the other, creating a secure, seamless connection that will not pull apart under tension. For fencing, also use a vertical post at every join point for added stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e7) How should I store the remaining mesh after cutting what I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRe-roll the unused mesh tightly and store it \u003cstrong\u003evertically in a dry, covered area\u003c\/strong\u003e. Avoid placing heavy materials on top, as kinks in the 20-gauge wire are difficult to flatten during installation. If the mesh gets muddy on site, rinse with clean water and allow to dry completely before reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction-Grade Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-gauge galvanized steel with consistent thickness and hexagonal pattern for reliable plaster reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight-Sized Roll:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 kg (14 metre) roll — the ideal quantity for residential repairs, junction reinforcement, and small fencing runs without wastage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once cut or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51033157566779,"sku":"GEN-CHIK-MESH-2KG","price":320.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/chicken_wire_mesh_1.png?v=1773289685"},{"product_id":"bathla-arize-5-step-foldable-aluminium-ladder-110-cm-platform","title":"Bathla Arize 5-Step Foldable Aluminium Ladder, 3.6 feet (110 cm)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- QUICK ANSWER (Featured snippet friendly) --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is the Bathla Arize 5-Step Ladder used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBathla Arize 5-Step Foldable Aluminium Ladder is a premium, high-reach climbing solution\u003c\/strong\u003e engineered for household and light commercial use. With a platform height of \u003cstrong\u003e3.6 feet (110 cm),\u003c\/strong\u003e it is specifically designed to provide safe and stable access to high shelves, ceiling fans, loft storage, and curtain rods. Built from high-grade anodized aluminium and featuring proprietary \u003cstrong\u003eSure-Hinge™ technology,\u003c\/strong\u003e it offers a rust-proof, wobble-free experience that ensures total safety for every member of the family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foldable Step Ladder with Smart Platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStep Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 Steps (including top platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.6 Feet (110 CM) — ideal for standard 9-10 ft ceilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-grade Anodized Aluminium Finish (Weather \u0026amp; Rust Resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Double-locking Sure-Hinge™ technology, ridged steps with edge guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eStability:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Precision-moulded anti-skid shoes for firm grip on all floor types \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty: \u003c\/strong\u003e5-Year Bathla Trust Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe\u003cstrong\u003e Bathla Arize 5-Step Ladder\u003c\/strong\u003e is the gold standard in home utility, backed by a brand that has been supporting homes for over \u003cstrong\u003e50 years.\u003c\/strong\u003e While ordinary ladders often feel flimsy or bulky, the Arize series is engineered for the modern home—balancing a lightweight frame with incredibly high structural integrity. Whether you are changing a lightbulb or reaching the top-most kitchen cabinets, this ladder ensures you do it with total confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with \u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Locking Sure-Hinge™ Technology,\u003c\/strong\u003e the Arize model eliminates the common \"sway\" found in cheaper alternatives, providing a rock-solid foundation. The \u003cstrong\u003eAnodized Aluminium Finish \u003c\/strong\u003enot only gives it a sleek, premium look but also creates a protective layer that makes the ladder \"all-weather resistant,\" preventing the black oxidation marks that usually rub off on hands and clothes from raw aluminium ladders. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design is centered around user ergonomics. The\u003cstrong\u003e Smart Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e at the top provides a wide, stable area to stand or place tool buckets, while the \u003cstrong\u003eRidged Steps \u003c\/strong\u003efeature integrated \u003cstrong\u003eEdge Guards\u003c\/strong\u003e to protect your shins and prevent snags. When the job is done, its slim-profile folding design allows it to be tucked away effortlessly, making it an essential, space-saving tool for every urban household.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- TECH SPECS --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eBathla \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eArize Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e5 Steps (including platform)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e3.6 Feet (110 CM)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Shades\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMultiple options — solid colours, woodgrains, fabric textures (select from dropdown)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAnodized Aluminium (Non-corrosive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinge System\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSure-Hinge™ Double-Locking Tech\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFooting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePrecision Anti-Skid Shoes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eRidged anti-slip steps with Edge Guards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e5 Years Bathla Trust Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- USE CASES --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Shelf Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for reaching the top tier of modular wardrobes and kitchen lofts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safely clean ceiling fans or change recessed LED spotlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome Decorating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for hanging curtains, festive lights, or mounting wall art.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLibrary \u0026amp; Study:\u003c\/strong\u003e A stable companion for accessing high bookshelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Cleaning: \u003c\/strong\u003eWeather-resistant finish makes it suitable for cleaning windows or porch ceilings. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- INSTALLATION --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage \u0026amp; Safety Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Surface Preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the ladder is placed on a level, dry, and firm surface. Clear the area of any loose debris, oil, or electrical cords that could cause the ladder to tilt or slip. Before climbing, always check that all four anti-skid PVC shoes are firmly in contact with the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpening \u0026amp; Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold the side rails and pull the ladder open until the Sure-Hinge™ mechanism is fully extended. Verify that the double-locking system has clicked into place and the Smart Platform is level and secure. Never attempt to climb the ladder if it is only partially opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Climbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always maintain three points of contact (two hands and one foot, or two feet and one hand) while ascending or descending. Use the ridged steps for maximum grip and avoid wearing loose footwear or high heels that could lead to a slip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight \u0026amp; Load Management: \u003c\/strong\u003eDo not exceed the maximum load capacity (typically 150 kg for this series). Distribute your weight evenly and avoid overreaching to the sides while on the top platform; instead, descend and move the ladder to a better position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning \u0026amp; Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The anodized aluminium finish is naturally resistant to rust and stains. To clean, simply wipe with a soft, damp cloth and a mild household detergent. Avoid using abrasive steel wool, wire brushes, or harsh acidic cleaners, as these can scratch the protective anodized layer and dull the professional finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- FAQ --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) How is the Arize model different from standard aluminium ladders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eArize series\u003c\/strong\u003e features proprietary \u003cstrong\u003eSure-Hinge™ technology, \u003c\/strong\u003ewhich provides a double-locking mechanism for a rock-solid, \u003cstrong\u003ewobble-free experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike generic ladders that use thin, raw aluminium, the Arize is finished with a premium \u003cstrong\u003eAnodized coating \u003c\/strong\u003ethat prevents rust and ensures your hands and clothes stay free from black aluminium oxide stains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Is the 5-step height sufficient for cleaning ceiling fans in a standard flat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With a \u003cstrong\u003eplatform height of 3.6 feet (110 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e, a person of average height can comfortably reach objects up to \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 or 9 feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e This makes it the ideal size for most urban apartments with standard ceiling heights, allowing you to easily clean fans, change bulbs, or access loft storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What makes the \"Smart Platform\" safer than standing on a regular step?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSmart Platform \u003c\/strong\u003eis a wide, reinforced top step designed to provide a large, stable area for your feet. It allows you to maintain better balance during long-duration tasks, such as painting or cleaning. It also features a high-grip surface to prevent slipping while working at your maximum reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Can Merino Torpedo Liners be used on the outside of furniture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The Arize 5-step ladder is equipped with \u003cstrong\u003eprecision-moulded Anti-Skid PVC Shoes\u003c\/strong\u003e. These are engineered to provide a\u003cstrong\u003e firm, non-slip grip \u003c\/strong\u003eon smooth indoor flooring like marble, granite, or tiles, ensuring the ladder stays exactly where you place it without scratching the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) What does the 5-Year Bathla Trust Warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-Year Bathla Trust Warranty is a testament to the ladder's durability. It typically covers \u003cstrong\u003emanufacturing defects and structural integrity\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring that your investment is protected against any faults in materials or workmanship for half a decade of household use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) Is the ladder heavy to carry around the house?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. By using \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade anodized\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, Bathla has created a ladder that is exceptionally lightweight yet incredibly strong. It is designed to be easily carried by a single person from room to room and features a slim, foldable profile for effortless storage behind doors or in narrow closets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- Why buy from HomeRun section --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Bathla Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Bathla ladders sourced directly from authorized channels - 100% original quality and the official 5-Year Trust Warranty guaranteed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality Inspected Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every ladder is from the latest production batches, ensuring the Sure-Hinge™ mechanism and anti-skid shoes are in factory-fresh, peak-safety condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability with express delivery across Bangalore - ideal for active furniture and interior fit-out projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- RETURNS --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product is non-returnable.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement available within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51039979831611,"sku":"GEN-BAT-ARZ-5S","price":3999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/ladder5step.png?v=1773660247"},{"product_id":"generic-blue-tarpaulin-110-gsm-15-x-12-feet-waterproof-protective-sheet","title":"Generic Blue Tarpaulin (Tirpal), 110 GSM, 15 x 12 Feet, Waterproof Protective Sheet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"color: #328616; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eQuick Answer: What is a Tarpaulin (Tarp) used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0; color: #000000; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Tarpaulin\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy-duty, \u003cstrong\u003e110 GSM waterproof cover \u003c\/strong\u003eused in construction for \u003cstrong\u003emonsoon protection and material storage\u003c\/strong\u003e - and in logistics, agriculture, and camping for weatherproofing and temporary shelving. Available as a ready-to-use 180 sq. ft. sheet with reinforced metal grommets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWaterproofing, monsoon protection, dust shielding, and material covering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAB\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e15 Feet x 12 Feet (Approx. 180 sq. ft. coverage)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAC\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eMaterial Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e110 GSM - Lightweight yet durable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAD\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eHigh-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) - UV resistant and tear-proof\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAE\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eGeneric Blue\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIAxAF\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" aria-owns=\"action-menu-parent-container\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eHeat-sealed edges and rust-resistant aluminum eyelets (grommets)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Y3BBE\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIBBAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003eBlue Tarpaulin (15 x 12 ft, 110 GSM)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a versatile, professional-grade protective sheet widely used by contractors, transporters, and homeowners across India for reliable weather protection. Its high-density polyethylene weave is designed to be\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003e100% waterproof\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it an essential tool for safeguarding cement bags, machinery, and open construction sites from heavy rain and dust.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Y3BBE\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIBBAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Y3BBE\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIBRAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003eAt\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003e110 GSM\u003c\/strong\u003e, this tarp provides the perfect balance of portability and strength. It is heavy enough to withstand moderate wind and rain, yet flexible enough to be easily folded, stored, and transported. The\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003eUV-stabilized coating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eensures the fabric does not peel or crack under harsh sunlight, extending its lifespan for outdoor use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Y3BBE\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIBRAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"Y3BBE\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEIBhAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\" aria-owns=\"action-menu-parent-container\"\u003eThe 15 x 12-foot size is ideal for covering mid-sized vehicles, protecting terrace gardens during monsoons, or creating temporary sheds for laborers and equipment. Each sheet features\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" data-processed=\"true\"\u003ereinforced stitched hems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eand rust-proof eyelets spaced along the edges for secure tie-down.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-Density Polyethylene (HDPE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e15 Feet x 12 Feet (180 Sq. Ft.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\/Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e110 GSM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e100% waterproof rain and dust protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLightweight for easy folding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eMonsoon covering for construction and storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eConstruction Site Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCovers expensive raw materials like cement, sand, and bricks to prevent moisture damage and hardening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAB\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eMonsoon Sheds:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIdeal for creating temporary rain shelters or \"pandal\" roofing for outdoor events and residential terraces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAC\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eLogistics \u0026amp; Transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUsed as a truck or trolley cover to protect goods from rain, dust, and wind during transit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAD\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eAgricultural Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eCovers harvested crops, haystacks, and farm equipment; also used as a floor liner for drying grains.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAE\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Garden:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eProtects outdoor furniture, AC units, and vehicles (cars\/bikes) from bird droppings, sap, and rain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICBAF\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" aria-owns=\"action-menu-parent-container\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eCamping \u0026amp; Outdoor:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eActs as a durable groundsheet for tents or a quick-setup canopy for shade and rain protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUsage Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003col style=\"margin-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICRAA\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eUnfold Carefully:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSpread the tarpaulin over the object or area you wish to cover. Avoid dragging it over sharp metal edges or broken glass to prevent accidental punctures.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICRAB\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eSecure the Eyelets:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eUse high-quality nylon rope or bungee cords through the aluminum eyelets. Ensure the tension is distributed evenly across all points to prevent tearing during high winds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICRAC\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eCreate a Slope:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWhen using as a roof or shed, always install at an angle (slope). This allows rainwater to run off freely and prevents \"water pooling,\" which can stress the fabric.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICRAD\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eAvoid Sharp Contact:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eIf covering machinery with sharp corners, place a piece of cloth or foam over the sharp points before laying the tarp to extend its service life.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"dF3vjf\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-hveid=\"CAEICRAE\" data-complete=\"true\" data-sae=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"T286Pc\" data-sfc-cp=\"\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\" aria-owns=\"action-menu-parent-container\"\u003e\u003cstrong class=\"Yjhzub\" data-sfc-root=\"c\" data-sfc-cb=\"\" data-complete=\"true\"\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBefore folding for storage, ensure the tarp is completely dry. Storing a wet tarpaulin can lead to mold and unpleasant odors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) Is this tarpaulin completely waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 110 GSM HDPE material is 100% waterproof and leak-proof, designed specifically to repel heavy rain and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) What does \"110 GSM\" mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGSM stands for Grams per Square Metre\u003c\/strong\u003e. 110 GSM is a \u003cstrong\u003e\"Medium Duty\" grade\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is significantly stronger than thin \"throw-away\" liners but remains light enough to be handled by one person easily. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) How many eyelets (holes) does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarpaulin features rust-resistant aluminum eyelets spaced approximately every 3 feet along all four reinforced edges, allowing for secure lashing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) Will the blue colour fade in the sun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe material is UV-stabilized to \u003cstrong\u003eslow down the fading process and prevent the fabric from becoming brittle\u003c\/strong\u003e, though some minor colour fading is normal after prolonged, multi-year exposure to extreme sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) Is the size exactly 15 x 12 feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the tarpaulin industry, the \u003cstrong\u003e\"Cut Size\" is 15x12.\u003c\/strong\u003e The\u003cstrong\u003e \"Finished Size\"\u003c\/strong\u003e may be a few inches shorter (approx. 2–3%) due to the heat-sealing of the hems and edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e6) How do I clean the tarpaulin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply spray it down with a water hose and \u003cstrong\u003euse a soft brush or cloth with mild soap. \u003c\/strong\u003eAvoid using harsh chemicals or bleach, as they can damage the UV coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #EFC41A; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0; line-height: 1.8;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 GSM waterproof HDPE fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBangalore Fulfilment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick local availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 72 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once installed or used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51069051240763,"sku":"GEN-BLU-TRA-15-12","price":300.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/IMG_20260518_130950_Generic_Blue_Tarpaulin_Tirpal_110_GSM_15_x_12_Feet_Waterproof_Protective_Sheet_a.webp?v=1779261320"},{"product_id":"fevicol-grippo-wg-50kg-industrial-synthetic-resin-wood-adhesive-grippo_wg_50","title":"Fevicol Grippo WG, Synthetic Resin Adhesive, 50 Kg","description":"\u003c!-- ===================== START — copy from here ===================== --\u003e\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 1 — PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Highlights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pidilite Industries Ltd.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fevicol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArticle Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e GRIPPO_WG_50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fevicol Grippo WG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synthetic Resin Adhesive (Water-Based)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg (Industrial Drum \/ Bucket)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Off-white emulsion (dries clear\/white)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood-to-wood, plywood, laminates, and industrial paper bonding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 2 — PRODUCT DESCRIPTION  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFevicol Grippo WG\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance, water-based synthetic resin adhesive engineered for industrial woodworking, furniture manufacturing, and large-scale assembly operations. Supplied in a \u003cstrong\u003e50 kg industrial drum\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is formulated as a ready-to-use, solvent-free adhesive that provides high initial tack and rapid strength development - making it suited for high-speed production environments where minimising clamping time and maximising throughput are critical. The adhesive creates a strong, flexible bond that resists shrinkage and cracking, ensuring joints remain stable under environmental stress including temperature cycling, humidity variation, and the mechanical loads typical of furniture and cabinetry in regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precisely controlled viscosity of \u003cstrong\u003e300-450 Poise at 30 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e (Brookfield RVT at 20 RPM) allows for uniform spreading with minimal wastage in both manual brush and roller application and automated glue spreader systems - the low shear thinning properties ensure consistent bead and film deposition across high-speed automated lines without clogging or inconsistent coverage. The adhesive is valued in industrial applications for its \u003cstrong\u003eheat tolerance and moisture resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e, preventing warping or delamination of veneers and laminates over time - a critical performance requirement in furniture and cabinetry exposed to kitchen and bathroom humidity levels. Meeting \u003cstrong\u003eISO 9001, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001\u003c\/strong\u003e compliance standards, it is suitable for professional indoor and commercial manufacturing environments. The 50 kg drum format is designed for professional volume use in board-to-board lamination, cabinetry production, and specialized industrial applications including paper bag bottom pasting and shipper box manufacture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; margin: 15px 0; border-radius: 5px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Initial Tack and Rapid Bond Development:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for fast grab to reduce clamping time and speed up production cycles - critical for high-volume furniture and cabinetry assembly lines where extended clamping reduces throughput.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Shrink Formula - Flexible Bond:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forms a strong, flexible bond that penetrates wood fibres and resists cracking or debonding during temperature and humidity cycles - joints remain stable over the service life of the furniture or panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial Machine Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optimized viscosity (300-450 Poise) for both manual stencil application and automated glue spreader machines - low shear thinning properties ensure consistent coverage on high-speed production lines without clogging or film inconsistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat and Moisture Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Advanced resin composition resists humidity and heat - prevents veneer and laminate delamination in environments with elevated temperature or moisture exposure over the product's service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-Based, Solvent-Free Formula:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-toxic, environmentally compliant adhesive safe for professional indoor and commercial manufacturing use - meets ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001 standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eTechnical Specifications (Quick Reference)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 10px 0; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #efc41a; color: #000000;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePidilite Industries Ltd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFevicol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArticle Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eGRIPPO_WG_50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eSynthetic Resin Adhesive (Water-Based)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f9f9f9;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e50 kg (Industrial Drum \/ Bucket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAppearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 12px; border: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eOff-white emulsion (dries clear\/white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- NOT RECOMMENDED --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #e3f2fd; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #1aa4ef; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eDo not use Fevicol Grippo WG in the following situations\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSubstrates made of PE (polyethylene), PP (polypropylene), or PTFE (Teflon)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications involving permanent water immersion or continuous exposure to strong acids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature industrial gasketing applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural gap-filling - this product is a thin-film assembly adhesive, not a gap filler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- APPLICATION GUIDE --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #026202; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eStep-by-Step Application\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSurface preparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure all bonding surfaces are clean, dry, and free of oil, grease, dust, and prior adhesive residue - contamination at the glue line is the most common cause of bond failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a thin, uniform layer of adhesive to one or both surfaces using a brush, roller, or automated glue spreader - consistent coverage without pooling or voids is critical for a uniform bond across the full joint area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Join the surfaces while the adhesive is still wet - the product's open time allows for accurate alignment before contact. Do not allow the adhesive film to fully dry before joining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply uniform pressure using clamps or press weights across the full bonded area. Initial setting occurs quickly; allow a minimum of 24 hours for a full, permanent bond before subjecting the joint to load or machining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #d4edda; padding: 15px; border-left: 4px solid #328616; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"color: #000000; margin-top: 0;\"\u003eWhere Fevicol Grippo WG fits best\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFurniture Manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular furniture, cabinetry, and board building operations where high initial tack, rapid bond development, and consistent machine compatibility are required for volume production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLamination - Cold Press:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pasting laminates to plywood and particle board in cold press machines - the controlled viscosity ensures even film deposition under press pressure without squeeze-out or starvation at the glue line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaper and Packaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paper bag bottom pasting, shipper box manufacture, and manual casing in bookmaking - applications where water-based adhesive chemistry is preferred for environmental and process compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood-to-Wood and Plywood Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e General wood-to-wood bonding, plywood lamination, and MDF assembly in joinery, interior fitout, and modular furniture production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial Interior Fitout:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-scale interior fitout projects - wall panelling, kitchen and wardrobe carcass assembly, and surface lamination - where volume adhesive supply in 50 kg drums is required for project continuity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- WHY BUY FROM HOMERUN --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Buy from HomeRun?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fcefb9; border-left: 4px solid #efc41a; padding: 15px; border-radius: 5px; margin: 15px 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"line-height: 1.9; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthentic Fevicol Product:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verified genuine Pidilite product with manufacturer quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Minute Bangalore Delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Express delivery to active service zones - ideal when your production line or site needs adhesive replenishment immediately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-Friendly Availability:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg industrial drum format suited for volume production and large fitout projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 3 — FAQs  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1) What is the difference between Fevicol Grippo WG and standard Fevicol white adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFevicol Grippo WG is an \u003cstrong\u003eindustrial-grade synthetic resin adhesive\u003c\/strong\u003e formulated specifically for high-volume production environments - its precisely controlled viscosity (300-450 Poise) is optimized for both manual application and automated glue spreader machines, making it suitable for production lines where consistent coverage at high speed is required. Standard Fevicol consumer adhesives are formulated for manual, small-scale application and are not optimized for machine spreading or the high-throughput demands of furniture manufacturing. Grippo WG also meets ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and OHSAS 18001 compliance standards - relevant for manufacturers supplying to export markets or commercial clients with quality certification requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2) Can this adhesive be used in automated glue spreader machines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - Fevicol Grippo WG is specifically formulated for compatibility with \u003cstrong\u003eboth manual application and automated glue spreader machines\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its low shear thinning properties ensure that the adhesive flows and spreads consistently through spreader rollers and nozzles at production line speeds without clogging, film breaks, or inconsistent coverage. The controlled viscosity of 300-450 Poise at 30 degrees C is within the range required by most standard cold press and panel lamination spreader systems. Confirm compatibility with your specific machine manufacturer's specifications before first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3) What surfaces is this adhesive suitable for, and what should it not be used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFevicol Grippo WG is suitable for \u003cstrong\u003ewood, plywood, MDF, particle board, laminates, paper, and cardboard\u003c\/strong\u003e substrates in interior applications. It is \u003cstrong\u003enot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e for PE (polyethylene), PP (polypropylene), or PTFE (Teflon) substrates; applications with permanent water immersion; continuous exposure to strong acids; high-temperature gasketing; or structural gap-filling applications. All bonding surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of oil and grease before application - surface contamination is the primary cause of bond failure with water-based adhesives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4) How should the 50 kg drum be stored, and what is the shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the drum in a \u003cstrong\u003ecool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources\u003c\/strong\u003e - do not expose to temperatures above 30 degrees C during storage. Under correct storage conditions, the shelf life of the product in a factory-sealed drum is \u003cstrong\u003e12 months\u003c\/strong\u003e from the date of manufacture. Once opened, reseal the drum tightly after each use to prevent skin formation on the adhesive surface and to minimize moisture absorption. Do not store in freezing conditions - the water-based formula can be damaged by freeze-thaw cycling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e5) What clamping time and full cure time should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFevicol Grippo WG provides \u003cstrong\u003ehigh initial tack and rapid initial set\u003c\/strong\u003e - joint assemblies can typically be moved from the clamp or press in a shorter time than conventional PVA adhesives, which is the key production efficiency advantage of this formulation. However, \u003cstrong\u003efull bond strength\u003c\/strong\u003e is reached after a minimum of 24 hours under ambient conditions - do not subject bonded assemblies to machining (trimming, edgebanding, sanding) or structural load before the full cure period is complete. Curing rate is affected by ambient temperature and humidity - higher temperatures and lower humidity accelerate cure; lower temperatures and higher humidity slow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ===========================================================\n     SECTION 4 — RETURNS \u0026 EXCHANGE POLICY  (REQUIRED, LOCKED)\n     =========================================================== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReturns \u0026amp; Exchange Policy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col style=\"line-height: 1.9;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn within 24 hours of delivery for:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or defective product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrong or missing item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct cannot be returned once used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefer to Refund Policy for complete details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c!-- HIDDEN SEO KEYWORDS --\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"position: absolute; left: -9999px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;\" aria-hidden=\"true\"\u003efevicol grippo WG GRIPPO_WG_50 50kg industrial adhesive synthetic resin adhesive woodworking adhesive furniture adhesive lamination adhesive pidilite bangalore wood adhesive glue spreader adhesive\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ===================== END — copy up to here ===================== --\u003e","brand":"HomeRun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51234789785915,"sku":"GRP-PID-SYN-ADH-50K","price":5049.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0872\/6095\/4939\/files\/50kg-fevicol-grippo-wg-synthetic-50kg.webp?v=1778317289"}],"url":"https:\/\/home-run.co\/collections\/building-materials.oembed","provider":"HomeRun","version":"1.0","type":"link"}